For optimal readability, we highly recommend downloading the document PDF, which you can do below.
Document Information:
- Year: 1990
- Country: United Kingdom
- Language: English
- Document Type: Domestic Law or Regulation
- Topic: Taxation and Fiscal Issues
This document has been provided by the
International Center for Not-for-Profit Law (ICNL). 	
ICNL is the leading source for information on th e legal environment for civil society and public
participation. Since 1992, ICNL has served as a  resource to civil society leaders, government
officials, and the donor community in over 90 countries.  	
Visit ICNL’s Online Library at
https://www.icnl.org/knowledge/library/index.php
for further resources and research from countries all over the world.	
             Disclaimers Content.  The information provided herein is for general informational and  educational purposes only. It is not intended and should not be
construed to constitute legal advice. The information contai ned herein may not be applicable in all situations and may not, after the date of
its presentation, even reflect the most current authority. Noth ing contained herein should be relied or acted upon without the  benefit of legal
advice based upon the particular facts and circumstances pres ented, and nothing herein should be construed otherwise.
 Translations. Translations by ICNL of any materials into other languages are  intended solely as a convenience. Translation accuracy is not
guaranteed nor implied. If any questions arise related to the accuracy of a translation, please refer to the original language  official version of
the document. Any discrepancies or differences created in the tr anslation are not binding and have no legal effect for compliance or
enforcement purposes.
 Warranty and Limitation of Liability. Although ICNL uses reasonable efforts to include ac curate and up-to-date information herein, ICNL
makes no warranties or representations of any kind as to its a ccuracy, currency or completeness. You agree that access to and u se of this
document and the content thereof is at your own risk. ICNL discl aims all warranties of any kind, express or implied. Neither ICNL nor any
party involved in creating, producing or delivering this document  shall be liable for any damages whatsoever arising out of access to, use of
or inability to use this document, or any e rrors or omissions in the content thereof.
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Finance Act 1990
1990 CHAPTER 29
An  Act  to  grant  certain  duties,  to  alter  other  duties,  and  to  amend  the  law  relating  to
the National Debt and the Public Revenue, and to make further provision in connection
with Finance.	[26th July 1990]
Annotations:
Editorial Information
X1	Ss. 4	, 132	, Sch. 19 Pt. I	 from Gp 12:2 (Betting, Gaming and Lotteries), ss. 1-3, 7-9, 132, 133, Schs. 1,
3, 19 Pt. I from Gp 40:1 (Customs and Excise), ss. 10-16, 131(2), 132, 133, Sch. 19 Pt III from Gp 40:2
(Customs and Excise), ss. 132, 133 from Gp 44:2 (Energy), ss. 115-120, 133 from Gp 58 (Harbours,
Docks and Piers), ss. 17-30, 39(9), 41-62, 65-71, 73-82, 86-106, 114, 121, 122, 125-127, 131-133, Schs.
4-17, 18 paras. 2, 5, Sch 19 Pts IV, V from Gp 63:1 (Income, Corporation and Capital Gains Taxes), ss
28(3), 31-40, 48, 54, 56, 63, 64, 70(5)-(9), 72, 81(3)(6)(8), 83-85, 89, 127(2)-(4), 131(3), 133, Sch 9
paras 2, 7, Sch. 10 paras 28, 29, Sch. 14 paras 17-19, Sch 18 para 3 from Gp 63:2 (Income, Corporation
and Capital Gains Taxes), ss 124-126, 127(3)(4), 133, Sch 18 para 4 from Gp 65 (Inheritance Tax), ss
128-130, 132, 133, Sch 19 Pt VIII from Gp 99:5 (Public Finance and Economic Controls), ss. 5, 6, 132,
133, Schs 2, 19 Pt II from Gp 107:2 (Road Traffic), ss. 107-114, 127(3)(4), 132, 133, Sch 18 para 1, Sch
19 Pts VI, VII from Gp 114 (Stamp Duty)
X2	General amendments to Tax Acts, Income Tax Acts, and/or Corporation Tax Acts made by legislation
after 1.2.1991 are noted against 	Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1)	 but not against
each Act
Annotations:
Editorial Information
X1	Ss. 4	, 132	, Sch. 19 Pt. I	 from Gp 12:2 (Betting, Gaming and Lotteries), ss. 1-3, 7-9, 132, 133, Schs. 1,
3, 19 Pt. I from Gp 40:1 (Customs and Excise), ss. 10-16, 131(2), 132, 133, Sch. 19 Pt III from Gp 40:2
(Customs and Excise), ss. 132, 133 from Gp 44:2 (Energy), ss. 115-120, 133 from Gp 58 (Harbours,
Docks and Piers), ss. 17-30, 39(9), 41-62, 65-71, 73-82, 86-106, 114, 121, 122, 125-127, 131-133, Schs.
4-17, 18 paras. 2, 5, Sch 19 Pts IV, V from Gp 63:1 (Income, Corporation and Capital Gains Taxes), ss
28(3), 31-40, 48, 54, 56, 63, 64, 70(5)-(9), 72, 81(3)(6)(8), 83-85, 89, 127(2)-(4), 131(3), 133, Sch 9
paras 2, 7, Sch. 10 paras 28, 29, Sch. 14 paras 17-19, Sch 18 para 3 from Gp 63:2 (Income, Corporation
and Capital Gains Taxes), ss 124-126, 127(3)(4), 133, Sch 18 para 4 from Gp 65 (Inheritance Tax), ss
2	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Customs and Excise and Value Added Tax	chapter I – Customs and ExciseDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
128-130, 132, 133, Sch 19 Pt VIII from Gp 99:5 (Public Finance and Economic Controls), ss. 5, 6, 132,
133, Schs 2, 19 Pt II from Gp 107:2 (Road Traffic), ss. 107-114, 127(3)(4), 132, 133, Sch 18 para 1, Sch
19 Pts VI, VII from Gp 114 (Stamp Duty)
X2	General amendments to Tax Acts, Income Tax Acts, and/or Corporation Tax Acts made by legislation
after 1.2.1991 are noted against 	Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1)	 but not against
each Act
PART	 I
CUSTOMS	 AND	 EXCISE	 AND	 V	ALUE	 A	DDED	 TAX
CHAPTER	 I
CUSTOMS	 AND	 EXCISE
Rates of duty
1	Spirits, beer, wine, made-wine and cider.
(1)	In section 5 of the 	M1Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979 (spirits) for “£15.77” there shall
be substituted 	“                      £17.35”	.
(2)	In section 36 of that Act (beer) for “£0.90” there shall be substituted 	“                      £0.97”	.
(3)	For  the  Table  of  rates  of  duty  in  Schedule  1  to  that  Act  (wine  and  made-wine)  there
shall be substituted the Table in Schedule 1 to this Act.
(4)	In  section  62(1)  of  that  Act  (cider)  for  “£17.33”  there  shall  be  substituted 	“
£18.66”	.
(5)	This  section  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  at  6  o’clock  in  the  evening  of
20th March 1990.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M1	1979 c. 4	.
2	Tobacco products.
(1)	For  the  Table  in  Schedule  1  to  the 	M2Tobacco  Products  Duty  Act  1979  there  shall  be
substituted—
“ TABLE
1. CigarettesAn amount equal to 21 per cent. of the retail
price plus £34.91 per thousand cigarettes.
2. Cigars£53.67 per kilogram.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Customs and Excise and Value Added Taxchapter I – Customs and ExciseDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
3	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
3. Hand-rolling tobacco£56.63 per kilogram.4. Other smoking tobacco and chewing
tobacco
£24.95 per kilogram.”
(2)	This section shall be deemed to have come into force on 23rd March 1990.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M2	1979 c. 7	.
3	Hydrocarbon oil.
(1)	In section 6 of the 	M3Hydrocarbon Oil Duties Act 1979—
(a)	in subsection (1), for “£0.2044”       (duty on light oil) and “£0.1729”       (duty
on  heavy  oil)  there  shall  be  substituted 	“                                                    £0.2248”	  and 	“
£0.1902”	 respectively; and
(b)	subsection  (2A)              (special  rate  of  duty  on  petrol  below  4  star)  shall  cease
to have effect.
(2)	In section 11(1) of that Act, for “£0.0077”     (rebate on fuel oil) and “£0.0110”     (rebate
on gas oil) there shall be substituted 	“                      £0.0083”	 and 	“                      £0.0118”
respectively.
(3)	In section 13A(1) of that Act (rebate on unleaded petrol), for “£0.0272” there shall be
substituted 	“                      £0.0299”	.
(4)	In section 14(1) of that Act (rebate on light oil for use as furnace fuel), for “£0.0077”
there shall be substituted 	“                      £0.0083”	.
(5)	In Part I of Schedule 3 to that Act, for paragraph 10A there shall be substituted—
“10A	Amending  the  definition  of  “aviation  gasoline”  in  subsection  (4)  of
section 6 of this Act.”
(6)	Subsections  (1)  to  (4)  above  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  at  6  o’clock  in
the evening of 20th March 1990.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M3	1979 c. 5	.
4	Pool betting duty.
(1)	In  section  7(1)  of  the 	M4Betting  and  Gaming  Duties  Act  1981  (which  specifies  42½
per cent. as the rate of pool betting duty), for the words “42½ per cent.” there shall be
substituted the words 	“                      40 per cent.”	.
(2)	This  section  shall  apply  in  relation  to  bets  made  at  any  time  by  reference  to  an  event
taking place on or after 6th April 1990.
4	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Customs and Excise and Value Added Tax	chapter I – Customs and ExciseDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M4	1981 c. 63	.
5	Vehicles excise duty.
F1(1)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F2(4)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F3(5)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F4(7)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(8)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(9)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F1	S. 5(1)-(3)	(8)(9) repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 22	, ss. 65	, 66(1)	, Sch. 5 Pt. I	 (with 	s. 57(4)	, Sch. 4 para.
6)
F2	S. 5(4)(6)	 repealed	(1.10.1991)	 by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 107:2)	, ss. 10	, 123	, Sch. 19 Pt. IV	; S.I.
1991/2021	, art. 2	.
F3	S. 5(5)	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
F4	S. 5(7)	 repealed (27.07.1993) by 	1993 c. 34	, s. 213	, Sch. 23	, Pt. I	.
Other provisions
F56	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F5	S. 6	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 22	, ss. 65	, 66(1)	, Sch. 5 Pt. I	 (with 	s. 57(4)	, Sch. 4 para. 6	)
7	Entry of goods on importation.
Schedule  3  to  this  Act  (which  amends  the  provisions  of  the 	M5Customs  and  Excise
Management  Act  1979  about  initial  and  supplementary  entries  and  postponed  entry)
shall  have  effect  in  relation  to  goods  imported  on  or  after  the  day  on  which  this  Act
is passed.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Customs and Excise and Value Added Taxchapter II – Value Added TaxDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
5	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M5	1979 c. 2	.
8	Spirits methylated abroad.
(1)	In  section  4(1)  of  the 	M6Alcoholic  Liquor  Duties  Act  1979,  for  the  definition  of
“methylated spirits” there shall be substituted—
““methylated spirits” means—
(a)	spirits  mixed  in  the  United  Kingdom  with  some  other  substance  in
accordance with regulations made under section 77 below; or
(b)	spirits mixed outside the United Kingdom with some other substance
if  the  spirits  and  other  substance,  and  the  proportions  in  which  they
are  mixed,  are  such  as  are  prescribed  by  those  regulations  for  the
production of methylated spirits in the United Kingdom;”.
(2)	This section shall come into force on 1st January 1991.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M6	1979 c. 4	.
9	Lodgings for officers in charge of distillery.
In section 12 of the Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979 (licence to manufacture spirits)
subsections (6) to (9) (requirement that distiller provide lodgings for officers in charge
of distillery) shall cease to have effect.
CHAPTER	 II
VALUE	 A	DDED	 TAX
F610	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F6	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
F711	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Customs and Excise and Value Added Tax	chapter II – Value Added Tax	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F7	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
F812	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F8	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
F913	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F9	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
F10	14	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F10	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
F11	15	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F11	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
F12	16	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F12	Ss. 10-16	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 23	, ss. 100(2)	, 101(1)	, Sch. 15
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part II – Income Tax, Corporation Tax and Capital Gains TaxChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
7	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART	 II
INCOME	 TAX	, C	ORPORATION	 TAX	 AND	 C	APITAL	 G	AINS	 TAX
CHAPTER	 I
GENERAL
Income tax rates and allowances
17	Rates and main allowances.
(1)	Income tax shall be charged for the year 1990-91, and—
(a)	the basic rate shall be 25 per cent.;
(b)	the basic rate limit shall be £20,700;
(c)	the higher rate shall be 40 per cent.; and
(d)	section  1(4)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (indexation  of  basic  rate  limit)  shall  not
apply.
F13	(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	In section 828 of that Act (orders and regulations), in subsection (4), for “257(11)” there
shall be substituted 	“                      257C”	.
(4)	Subsections  (2)  and  (3)  above  shall  have  effect  for  the  year  1990-91  and  subsequent
years of assessment.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F13	S. 17(2)	 repealed (27.07.1993 with effect for the year 1994-95 and subsequent years of assessment) by
1993 c. 34	, ss. 107	, 213	, Sch. 23	, Pt. III(10)	.
18	Relief for blind persons.
In  section  265(1)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988,  for  “£540”  there  shall  be  substituted 	“
£1,080”	.
Corporation tax rates
19	Charge and rate of corporation tax for 1990.
Corporation tax shall be charged for the financial year 1990 at the rate of 35 per cent.
Annotations:
Modifications etc. (not altering text)
C1	S. 19	 excluded by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 23(1)	.
8	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part II – Income Tax, Corporation Tax and Capital Gains Tax	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
20	Small companies.
(1)	For the financial year 1990—
(a)	the small companies’ rate shall be 25 per cent., and
(b)	the fraction mentioned in section 13(2) of the Taxes Act 1988 (marginal relief
for small companies) shall be one-fortieth.
(2)	In section 13(3) of that Act (limits of marginal relief), in paragraphs (a) and (b)—
(a)	for “£150,000” there shall be substituted 	“                          £200,000”	, and
(b)	for “£750,000” there shall be substituted 	“                          £1,000,000”	.
(3)	Subsection  (2)  above  shall  have  effect  for  the  financial  year  1990  and  subsequent
financial years; and where by virtue of that subsection section 13 of the Taxes Act 1988
has effect with different relevant maximum amounts in relation to different parts of a
company’s accounting period, then for the purposes of that section those parts shall be
treated as if they were separate accounting periods and the profits and basic profits of
the company for that period shall be apportioned between those parts.
Annotations:
Modifications etc. (not altering text)
C2	S. 20	 excluded by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 23(2)	.
Benefits in kind
21	Care for children.
(1)	The following section shall be inserted after section 155 of the Taxes Act 1988—
“155A	Care for children.
(1)	Where a benefit consists in the provision for the employee of care for a child,
section  154  does  not  apply  to  the  benefit  to  the  extent  that  it  is  provided  in
qualifying circumstances.
(2)	For the purposes of subsection (1) above the benefit is provided in qualifying
circumstances if—
(a)	the child falls within subsection (3) below,
(b)	the care is provided on premises which are not domestic premises,
(c)	the condition set out in subsection (4) below or the condition set out in
subsection (5) below (or each of them) is fulfilled, and
(d)	in a case where the registration requirement applies, it is met.
(3)	The child falls within this subsection if—
(a)	he is a child for whom the employee has parental responsibility,
(b)	he is resident with the employee, or
(c)	he is a child of the employee and maintained at his expense.
(4)	The condition is that the care is provided on premises which are made available
by the employer alone.
(5)	The condition is that—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part II – Income Tax, Corporation Tax and Capital Gains TaxChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
9	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	the care is provided under arrangements made by persons who include
the employer,
(b)	the care is provided on premises which are made available by one or
more of those persons, and
(c)	under  the  arrangements  the  employer  is  wholly  or  partly  responsible
for financing and managing the provision of the care.
(6)	The registration requirement applies where—
(a)	the premises on which the care is provided are required to be registered
under  section  1  of  the  Nurseries  and  Child-Minders  Regulation  Act
1948 or section 11 of the Children and Young Persons Act (Northern
Ireland) 1968, or
(b)	any  person  providing  the  care  is  required  to  be  registered  under
section  71  of  the  Children  Act  1989  with  respect  to  the  premises  on
which it is provided;
and the requirement is met if the premises are so registered or (as the case may
be) the person is so registered.
(7)	In subsection (3)(c) above the reference to a child of the employee includes a
reference to a stepchild of his.
(8)	In this section—
“care” means any form of care or supervised activity, whether or not
provided on a regular basis, but excluding supervised activity provided
primarily for educational purposes;
“child” means a person under the age of eighteen;
“domestic premises” means any premises wholly or mainly used as
a private dwelling;
“parental  responsibility”  has  the  meaning  given  in  section  3(1)  of
the Children Act 1989.”
(2)	In  section  154(2)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  for  the  words  “section  155”  there  shall  be
substituted the words 	“                      sections 155 and 155A”	.
(3)	This section applies for the year 1990-91 and subsequent years of assessment.
22	Car benefits.
(1)	In Schedule 6 to the Taxes Act 1988 (taxation of directors and others in respect of cars)
for Part I (tables of flat rate cash equivalents) there shall be substituted—
10	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
“PART	 I
TABLES	 OF	 FLAT	 R	ATE	 C	ASH	 EQUIVALENTS
Table A
CARS WITH AN ORIGINAL MARKET VALUE UP
TO £19,250 AND HAVING A CYLINDER CAPACITY
Cylinder capacity of car in
cubic centimetres
Age of car at end of relevant year of assessment Under 4 years4 years or more1400 or less£1,700£1,150More than 1400 but not more
than 2000
£2,200£1,500More than 2000£3,550£2,350
Table B
CARS WITH AN ORIGINAL MARKET VALUE UP TO
£19,250 AND NOT HAVING A CYLINDER CAPACITY
Original market value of carAge of car at end of relevant year of assessment Under 4 years4 years or moreLess than £6,000£1,700£1,150£6,000 or more but less than
£8,500
£2,200£1,500£8,500 or more but not more
than £19,250
£3,550£2,350
Table C
CARS WITH AN ORIGINAL MARKET VALUE OF MORE THAN £19,250
Original market value of carAge of car at end of relevant year of assessment Under 4 years4 years or moreMore than £19,250 but not
more than £29,000
£4,600£3,100More than £29,000£7,400£4,900”(2) This section shall have effect for the year 1990-91 and subsequent years of assessment.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
11	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Mileage allowances
F14	23	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F14	S. 23	 repealed (11.5.2001 with effect for the year 2002-03 and subsequent years of assessment) by 	2001
c. 9	, s. 110	, Sch. 33 Pt. 2(1)
Charities
F15	24	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F15	S. 24	 repealed (27.07.1993 with effect for the year 1993-94 and subsequent years of assessment) by
1993 c. 34	, s. 213	, Sch. 23 Pt. III	.
25	Donations to charity by individuals.
(1)	For the purposes of this section, a gift to a charity by an individual (“the donor”) is a
qualifying donation if—
(a)	it is made on or after 1st October 1990,
(b)	it satisfies the requirements of subsection (2) below, and
(c)	the donor gives 	[F16	an appropriate declaration	] in relation to it to the charity.
(2)	A gift satisfies the requirements of this subsection if—
(a)	it takes the form of a payment of a sum of money;
(b)	it is not subject to a condition as to repayment;	F17	(c)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(d)	it does not constitute a sum falling within section 202(2) of the Taxes Act 1988
(payroll deduction scheme);
(e)	neither  the  donor  nor  any  person  connected  with  him  receives  a  benefit  in
consequence of making it or, where the donor or a person connected with him
does receive a benefit in consequence of making it, the relevant value in relation
to  the  gift  does  not  exceed 	[F18	the  limit  imposed  by  subsection  (5A)  below	]
and the amount to be taken into account for the purposes of this paragraph in
relation to the gift does not exceed £250;
(f)	it is not conditional on or associated with, or part of an arrangement involving,
the acquisition of property by the charity, otherwise than by way of gift, from
the donor or a person connected with him;
(g)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .	F19	(h)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[F20	(i)	either—
12	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(i)	at the time the gift is made, the donor is resident in the United Kingdom
or  performs  duties  which  by  virtue  of  section  132(4)(a)  of  the  Taxes
Act  1988  (Crown  employees  serving  overseas)  are  treated  as  being
performed in the United Kingdom; or
(ii)	the grossed up amount of the gift would, if in fact made, be payable out
of  profits  or  gains  brought  into  charge  to  income  tax  or  capital  gains
tax.	]
[F21	(3)	The reference in subsection (1)(c) above to an appropriate declaration is a reference to
a declaration which—
(a)	is given in such manner as may be prescribed by regulations made by the Board;
and
(b)	contains such information and such statements as may be so prescribed.
(3A)	Regulations made for the purposes of subsection (3) above may—
(a)	provide for declarations to have effect, to cease to have effect or to be deemed
never to have had effect in such circumstances and for such purposes as may
be prescribed by the regulations;
(b)	require charities to keep records with respect to declarations given to them by
donors; and
(c)	make different provision for declarations made in a different manner.	]
(4)	For the purposes of subsections (2)(e) above and (5) below, the relevant value in relation
to a gift is—
(a)	where  there  is  one  benefit  received  in  consequence  of  making  it  which  is
received by the donor or a person connected with him, the value of that benefit;
(b)	where  there  is  more  than  one  benefit  received  in  consequence  of  making  it
which is received by the donor or a person connected with him, the aggregate
value  of  all  the  benefits  received  in  consequence  of  making  it  which  are
received by the donor or a person connected with him.
(5)	The  amount  to  be  taken  into  account  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  (2)(e)  above  in
relation to a gift to a charity is an amount equal to the aggregate of—
(a)	the relevant value in relation to the gift, and
(b)	the  relevant  value  in  relation  to  each  gift  already  made  to  the  charity  by  the
donor in the relevant year of assessment which is a qualifying donation for the
purposes of this section.
[F22	(5A)	The limit imposed by this subsection is—
(a)	where the amount of the gift does not exceed £100, 25 per cent of the amount
of the gift;
(b)	where the amount of the gift exceeds £100 but does not exceed £1,000, £25;
(c)	where the amount of the gift exceeds £1,000, 2.5 per cent of the amount of the
gift.
(5B)	Where a benefit received in consequence of making a gift—
(a)	consists  of  the  right  to  receive  benefits  at  intervals  over  a  period  of  less  than
twelve months;
(b)	relates to a period of less than twelve months; or
(c)	is one of a series of benefits received at intervals in consequence of making a
series of gifts at intervals of less than twelve months,
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
13	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
the value of the benefit shall be adjusted for the purposes of subsection (4) above and
the amount of the gift shall be adjusted for the purposes of subsection (5A) above.
(5C)	Where  a  benefit,  other  than  a  benefit  which  is  one  of  a  series  of  benefits  received  at
intervals, is received in consequence of making a gift which is one of a series of gifts
made at intervals of less than twelve months, the amount of the gift shall be adjusted
for the purposes of subsection (5A) above.
(5D)	Where  the  value  of  a  benefit,  or  the  amount  of  a  gift,  falls  to  be  adjusted  under
subsection (5B) or (5C) above, the value or amount shall be multiplied by 365 and the
result shall be divided by—
(a)	in a case falling within subsection (5B)(a) or (b) above, the number of days in
the period of less than twelve months;
(b)	in a case falling within subsection (5B)(c) or (5C) above, the average number
of days in the intervals of less than twelve months;
and the reference in subsection (5B) above to subsection (4) above is a reference to that
subsection as it applies for the purposes of subsection (2)(e) above.
(5E)	In  determining  whether  a  gift  to  a  charity  falling  within  subsection  (5F)  below  is  a
qualifying  donation,  there  shall  be  disregarded  the  benefit  of  any  right  of  admission
received in consequence of the making of the gift—
(a)	to view property the preservation of which is the sole or main purpose of the
charity; or
(b)	to  observe  wildlife  the  conservation  of  which  is  the  sole  or  main  purpose  of
the charity;
but  this  subsection  shall  not  apply  unless  the  opportunity  to  make  gifts  which  attract
such a right is available to members of the public.
(5F)	A charity falls within this subsection if its sole or main purpose is the preservation of
property, or the conservation of wildlife, for the public benefit.
(5G)	In subsection (5E) above “right of admission” refers to admission of the person making
the gift (or any member of his family who may be admitted because of the gift) either
free  of  the  charges  normally  payable  for  admission  by  members  of  the  public,  or  on
payment of a reduced charge.	]
[F23	(6)	Where  any  gift  made  by  the  donor  in  a  year  of  assessment  is  a  qualifying  donation,
then, for that year—
(a)	the  Income  Tax  Acts  and  the 	M7Taxation  of  Chargeable  Gains  Act  1992  shall
have effect, in their application to him, as if—
(i)	the gift had been made after deduction of income tax at the basic rate;
and
(ii)	the basic rate limit were increased by an amount equal to the grossed
up amount of the gift;
(b)	the  provisions  mentioned  in  subsection  (7)  below  shall  have  effect,  in  their
application  to  him,  as  if  any  reference  to  income  tax  which  he  is  entitled  to
charge  against  any  person  included  a  reference  to  the  tax  treated  as  deducted
from the gift; and
(c)	to  the  extent,  if  any,  necessary  to  ensure  that  he  is  charged  to  an  amount  of
income tax and capital gains tax equal to the tax treated as deducted from the
gift, he shall not be entitled to relief under Chapter I of Part VII of the Taxes
Act 1988;
14	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
but paragraph (a)(ii) above shall not apply for the purposes of any computation under
section 550(2)(a) or (b) of that Act (relief where gain charged at a higher rate).
(7)	The provisions referred to in subsection (6)(b) above are—
(a)	section  289A(5)(e)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (relief  under  enterprise  investment
scheme);
(b)	section 796(3) of that Act (credit for foreign tax); and
(c)	paragraph 1(6)(f) of Schedule 15B to that Act (venture capital trusts).
(8)	Where the tax treated as deducted from a gift by virtue of subsection (6) above exceeds
the amount of income tax and capital gains tax with which the donor is charged for the
year of assessment, the donor shall be assessable and chargeable with income tax at the
basic rate on so much of the gift as is necessary to recover an amount of tax equal to
the excess.
(9)	In determining for the purposes of subsection (8) above the total amount of income tax
and capital gains tax with which the donor is charged for the year of assessment, there
shall be disregarded—
(a)	any tax charged at the basic rate by virtue of—
(i)	section 348 of the Taxes Act 1988 (read with section 3 of that Act); or
(ii)	section 349 of that Act (read with section 350 of that Act);
(b)	any tax treated as having been paid under—
(i)	section  233(1)(a)  of  that  Act  (taxation  of  certain  recipients  of
distributions);
(ii)	section 249(4)(a) of that Act (stock dividends treated as income); or
(iii)	section  547(5)(a)  of  that  Act  (method  of  charging  life  policy  gain  to
tax);
(c)	any relief to which section 256(2) of that Act applies (relief by way of income
tax reduction);
(d)	any relief under—
(i)	section 347B of that Act (relief for maintenance payments);
(ii)	section 788 of that Act (relief by agreement with other countries); or
(iii)	section 790(1) of that Act (unilateral relief);
(e)	any set off of tax deducted, or treated as deducted, from income other than—
(i)	tax treated as deducted from income by virtue of section 421(1)(a) of
that Act (taxation of borrower when loan released etc); or
(ii)	tax treated as deducted from a relevant amount within the meaning of
section 699A of that Act (untaxed sums comprised in the income of an
estate) except to the extent that the relevant amount is or would be paid
in respect of a distribution chargeable under Schedule F; and
(f)	any set off of tax credits.
(9A)	For  the  purposes  of  sections  257(5)  and  257A(5)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (age  related
allowances),  the  donor’s  total  income  shall  be  treated  as  reduced  by  the  aggregate
amount of gifts from which tax is treated as deducted by virtue of subsection (6) above.	]
(10)	The  receipt  by  a  charity  of  a  gift  which  is  a  qualifying  donation  shall  be  treated  for
the  purposes  of  the  Tax  Acts,  in  their  application  to  the  charity,  as  the  receipt,  under
deduction  of  income  tax  at  the  basic  rate  for  the  relevant  year  of  assessment,  of  an
annual payment of an amount equal to the grossed up amount of the gift.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
15	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(11)	Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 applies for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4)
above.
(12)	For the purposes of this section—
(a)	“charity”  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  section  506  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  and
includes each of the bodies mentioned in section 507 of that Act;	F24	(b)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(c)	“relevant year of assessment”, in relation to a gift, means the year of assessment
in which the gift is made;
(d)	references,  in  relation  to  a  gift,  to  the  grossed  up  amount  are  to  the  amount
which  after  deducting  income  tax  at  the  basic  rate  for  the  relevant  year  of
assessment leaves the amount of the gift; . . .
(e)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F16	Words in 	s. 25(1)(c)	 substituted (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act)
by 	2000 c. 17	, s. 39(2)
F17	S. 25(2)(c)(g)	 repealed (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act) by 	2000
c. 17	, ss. 39(3)(a)	, 156	, Sch. 40 Pt. II(1)	 note 4
F18	Words in 	s. 25(2)(e)	 substituted (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act)
by 	2000 c. 17	, s. 39(3)(b)
F19	S. 25(2)(h)	 repealed	(for gifts made on or after 19.03.1991)	 by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, ss.
71(5)(6)	, 123	, Sch. 19 Pt. V	 Note 12.
F20	S. 25(2)(i)	 substituted (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act) by 	2000
c. 17	, s. 39(3)(c)
F21	S. 25(3)(3A)	 substituted for s. 25(3) (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending
Act) by 	2000 c. 17	, s. 39(4)
F22	S. 25(5A)-(5G)	 inserted (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act) by 	2000
c. 17	, s. 39(5)
F23	S. 25(6)-(9A)	 substituted for s. 25(6)-(9) (28.7.2000 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the
amending Act) by 	2000 c. 17	, s. 39(6)
F24	S. 25(12)(b)(e)	 and the word “and” immediately preceding paragraph (e) repealed (28.7.2000 with effect
as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act) by 	2000 c. 17	, ss. 39(7)	, 156	, Sch. 40 Pt. II(1)	 note 4
Modifications etc. (not altering text)
C3	S. 25	 modified (31.7.1998) by 	1998 c. 36	, s. 48(1)(4)
S. 25	 applied (31.7.1998) by 	1998 c. 36	, s. 48(1)(10)
C4	S. 25	 modified (with effect as mentioned in s. 98(6) of the modifying Act) by 	Finance Act 2002 (c. 23)	,
s. 98(1)-(5)	;
S. 25	 modified (with effect as mentioned in s. 58(4) of the modifying Act) by 	Finance Act 2002 (c. 23)	,
s. 58(1)	, Sch. 18 Pt. 3 para. 9(1)
C5	S. 25(2)(e)	 applied (31.7.1998) by 	1998 c. 36	, s. 48(4)(d)
C6	S. 25(3)	 (as substituted by 	2000 c. 17	, s. 39(4)	): power to make regulations extended (28.7.2000 with
effect as mentioned in 	s. 39(10)	 of the amending Act) by 	2000 c. 17	, s. 39(10)
Marginal Citations
M7	1992 c. 12	.
16	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
26	Company donations to charity.
(1)	Section 339 of the Taxes Act 1988 (charges on income: donations to charity) shall be
amended as follows.
(2)	In subsection (1) after the word “payment” there shall be inserted the words 	“                      of
a sum of money”	.
(3)	In subsection (2) the words “and is not a close company” shall be omitted.
(4)	The following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (3)—
“(3A)	A payment made by a close company is not a qualifying donation if it is of a sum
which  leaves  less  than  £600  after  deducting  income  tax  under  subsection  (3)
above.
(3B)	A payment made by a close company is not a qualifying donation if—
(a)	it is made subject to a condition as to repayment, or
(b)	the company or a connected person receives a benefit in consequence
of  making  it  and  either  the  relevant  value  in  relation  to  the  payment
exceeds  two  and  a  half  per  cent.  of  the  amount  given  after  deducting
tax under section 339(3) or the amount to be taken into account for the
purposes of this paragraph in relation to the payment exceeds £250.
(3C)	For the purposes of subsections (3B) above and (3D) below, the relevant value
in relation to a payment to a charity is—
(a)	where there is one benefit received in consequence of making it which
is  received  by  the  company  or  a  connected  person,  the  value  of  that
benefit;
(b)	where  there  is  more  than  one  benefit  received  in  consequence  of
making it which is received by the company or a connected person, the
aggregate value of all the benefits received in consequence of making
it which are received by the company or a connected person.
(3D)	The  amount  to  be  taken  into  account  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  (3B)(b)
above in relation to a payment to a charity is an amount equal to the aggregate
of—
(a)	the relevant value in relation to the payment, and
(b)	the  relevant  value  in  relation  to  each  payment  already  made  to  the
charity by the company in the accounting period in which the payment
is  made  which  is  a  qualifying  donation  within  the  meaning  of  this
section.
(3E)	A  payment  made  by  a  close  company  is  not  a  qualifying  donation  if  it  is
conditional  on,  or  associated  with,  or  part  of  an  arrangement  involving,  the
acquisition of property by the charity, otherwise than by way of gift, from the
company or a connected person.
(3F)	A payment made by a company is not a qualifying donation unless the company
gives to the charity to which the payment is made a certificate in such form as
the Board may prescribe and containing—
(a)	in the case of any company, a statement to the effect that the payment
is one out of which the company has deducted tax under subsection (3)
above, and
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
17	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	in the case of a close company, a statement to the effect that the payment
satisfies the requirements of subsections (3A) to (3E) above.
(3G)	A payment made by a company is not a qualifying donation if the company is
itself a charity.”
(5)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (7)—
“(7A)	In  subsections  (3B)  to  (3E)  above  references  to  a  connected  person  are  to  a
person connected with—
(a)	the company, or
(b)	a person connected with the company;
and section 839 applies for the purposes of this subsection.”
(6)	This section applies in relation to payments made on or after 1st October 1990.
27	Maximum qualifying company donations.
F25	(1)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)	In section 339 of that Act (charges on income: donations to charity) subsection (5) shall
be omitted and in subsection (9) for “(5)” there shall be substituted 	“                      (4)”	.
(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4)	This  section  applies  in  relation  to  accounting  periods  ending  on  or  after  1st  October
1990.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F25	S. 27(1)(3)	 repealed	(for accounting periods beginning on or after 19.03.1991)	 by 	Finance Act 1991
(c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 123	, Sch. 19 Pt.V	 Note 5.
Savings
28	Tax-exempt special savings accounts.
(1)	After section 326 of the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be inserted—
“326A	Tax-exempt special savings accounts.
(1)	Subject to the provisions of section 326B, any interest or bonus payable on a
deposit account in respect of a period when it is a tax-exempt special savings
account shall not be regarded as income for any income tax purpose.
(2)	An account is a “tax-exempt special savings account” for the purposes of this
section if the conditions set out in subsections (3) to (9) below and any further
conditions prescribed by regulations made by the Board are satisfied when the
account is opened; and subject to section 326B it shall continue to be such an
account until the end of the period of five years beginning with the day on which
it is opened, or until the death of the account-holder if that happens earlier.
18	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(3)	The account must be opened on or after 1st January 1991 by an individual aged
18 or more.
(4)	The account must be with a building society or an institution authorised under
the Banking Act 1987.
(5)	The account must be identified as a tax-exempt special savings account and the
account-holder must not simultaneously hold any other such account (with the
same or any other society or institution).
(6)	The account must not be a joint account.
(7)	The  account  must  not  be  held  on  behalf  of  a  person  other  than  the  account-
holder.
(8)	The account must not be connected with any other account held by the account-
holder or any other person; and for this purpose an account is connected with
another if—
(a)	either was opened with reference to the other, or with a view to enabling
the other to be opened on particular terms, or with a view to facilitating
the opening of the other on particular terms, and
(b)	the  terms  on  which  either  was  opened  would  have  been  significantly
less favourable to the holder if the other had not been opened.
(9)	There  must  not  be  in  force  a  notice  given  by  the  Board  to  the  society
or  institution  prohibiting  it  from  operating  new  tax-exempt  special  savings
accounts.
326B	Loss of exemption for special savings accounts.
(1)	A  tax-exempt  special  savings  account  shall  cease  to  be  such  an  account  if  at
any time after it is opened any of the conditions set out in subsections (4) to (8)
of  section  326A,  or  any  further  condition  prescribed  by  regulations  made  by
the Board, is not satisfied, or if any of the events mentioned in subsection (2)
below occurs.
(2)	The events referred to in subsection (1) above are—
(a)	the  deposit  of  more  than  £3,000  in  the  account  during  the  period  of
12  months  beginning  with  the  day  on  which  it  is  opened,  more  than
£1,800  in  any  of  the  succeeding  periods  of  12  months,  or  more  than
£9,000 in total;
(b)	a withdrawal from the account which causes the balance to fall below
an amount equal to the aggregate of—
(i)	all  the  sums  deposited  in  the  account  before  the  time  of  the
withdrawal, and
(ii)	an amount equal to income tax at the basic rate on any interest
or  bonus  paid  on  the  account  before  that  time  (and  for  this
purpose  the  basic  rate  in  relation  to  any  interest  or  bonus  is
the rate that was the basic rate when the interest or bonus was
paid);
(c)	the  assignment  of  any  rights  of  the  account-holder  in  respect  of  the
account, or the use of such rights as security for a loan.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
19	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(3)	If  at  any  time  an  account  ceases  to  be  a  tax-exempt  special  savings  account
by virtue of subsection (1) above, the Income Tax Acts shall have effect as if
immediately after that time the society or institution had credited to the account
an amount of interest equal to the aggregate of any interest and bonus payable
in  respect  of  the  period  during  which  the  account  was  a  tax-exempt  special
savings account.
326C	Tax-exempt special savings accounts: supplementary.
(1)	The Board may make regulations—
(a)	prescribing conditions additional to those set out in section 326A which
must be satisfied if an account is to be or remain a tax-exempt special
savings account;
(b)	making provision for the giving by the Board to building societies and
other institutions of notices prohibiting them from operating new tax-
exempt  special  savings  accounts,  including  provision  about  appeals
against the giving of notices;
(c)	requiring  building  societies  and  other  institutions  operating  or
proposing  to  operate  tax-exempt  special  savings  accounts  to  give
information  or  send  documents  to  the  Board  or  to  make  documents
available for inspection;
(d)	making  provision  as  to  the  transfer  of  tax-exempt  special  savings
accounts from one building society or institution to another;
(e)	generally for supplementing the provisions of sections 326A and 326B.
(2)	The  reference  in  section  326A  to  a  deposit  account  shall  be  taken  to  include
a  reference  to  a  share  account  with  a  building  society,  and  accordingly  that
section, section 326B and subsection (1) above shall apply to such an account
with the necessary modifications.”
(2)	In the Table in section 98 of the 	M8Taxes Management Act 1970 (penalties for failure to
comply with notices etc), in each column, before “regulations under section 333” there
shall be inserted— 	“                      regulations under section 326C;”	.
F26	(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F26	S. 28(3)	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
Marginal Citations
M8	1970 c. 9	.
29	Extension of SAYE.
In section 326 of the Taxes Act 1988 (income tax relief for SAYE)—
(a)	in subsection (1), after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted the words 	“or
20	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(c)	in respect of money paid to an institution authorised under the
Banking Act 1987,”;
(b)	in  that  subsection,  for  the  words  “be  disregarded”  onwards  there  shall  be
substituted the words 	“                      not be regarded as income for any income
tax purpose.”	;
(c)	in subsection (2), after the words “building society” there shall be inserted the
words 	“                      or an institution authorised under the Banking Act 1987”	; and
(d)	after subsection (3) there shall be inserted—
“(4)	In this section “certified contractual savings scheme” means, in relation
to an institution authorised under the Banking Act 1987, a scheme—
(a)	providing  for  periodical  contributions  by  individuals  for  a
specified period, and
(b)	certified by the Treasury as corresponding to a scheme certified
under  subsection  (2)  above,  and  as  qualifying  for  exemption
under this section.”
30	Building societies.
Schedule 5 to this Act (which contains provisions relating to building societies, deposit-
takers and investors) shall have effect.
Employee share ownership trusts
F27	31	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F27	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F28	32	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F28	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F29	33	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
21	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F29	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290 Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F30	34	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F30	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F31	35	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F31	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F32	36	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F32	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with ss. 60, 101, 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 20,22,
26(2), 27).
F33	37	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F33	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
22	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
F34	38	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F34	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F35	39	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F35	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F36	40	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F36	Ss. 31-40	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
Insurance companies and friendly societies
41	Apportionment of income etc.
Schedule  6  to  this  Act  (which  makes  provision  about  the  apportionment  of  income
etc. and related provision) shall have effect.
42	Overseas life assurance business.
Schedule  7  to  this  Act  (which  makes  provision  about  the  taxation  of  overseas  life
assurance business) shall have effect.
43	Deduction for policy holders’ tax.
(1)	In section 82(1)(a) of the 	M9Finance Act 1989 (computation of profits on Case I basis),
for the words “, in respect of the period, are allocated to or expended on behalf of policy
holders or annuitants” there shall be substituted the words 	“                      are allocated to,
and any amounts of tax or foreign tax which are expended on behalf of, policy holders
or annuitants in respect of the period”	.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
23	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(2)	In section 436(3) of the Taxes Act 1988 (modified application of section 82 in relation
to computations of profits of general annuity business or pension business), the words
“and of the words “tax or” in section 82(1)(a)” shall be added at the end of paragraph (a).
(3)	The Finance Act 1989 shall be deemed always to have had effect with the amendment
made by subsection (1) above, and the amendment made by subsection (2) above shall
have the same effect as, by virtue of section 84(5)(b) of that Act, it would have had if
it had been made by Schedule 8 to that Act.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M9	1989 c. 26	.
44	Reinsurance commissions.
(1)	In section 85(2) of the Finance Act 1989 (receipts excluded from charge under Case VI
of Schedule D), after paragraph (c) there shall be inserted—
“(ca)	any reinsurance commission; or”.
(2)	In section 86 of the Finance Act 1989 (spreading of relief for expenses), at the end of
subsection (1) there shall be added the words 	“                      and less any reinsurance
commissions falling within section 76(1)(ca) of that Act”	.
(3)	In  section  76(1)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (treatment  of  expenses  of  management),  after
paragraph (c) there shall be inserted—
“(ca)	there  shall  also  be  deducted  from  the  amount  treated  as  the  expenses
of management for any accounting period any reinsurance commission
earned in the period which is referable to basic life assurance business;
and”.
(4)	Sections  85  and  86  of  the 	M10	Finance  Act  1989  shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  had
effect with the amendments made by subsections (1) and (2) above, and section 76 of
the Taxes Act 1988 shall have effect as if the amendment made by subsection (3) above
had been included among those made by section 87 of the Finance Act 1989.
(5)	Nothing in subsection (2) above applies to commissions in respect of the reinsurance
of  liabilities  assumed  by  the  recipient  company  in  respect  of  insurances  made  before
14th  March  1989,  but  without  prejudice  to  the  application  of  that  subsection  to  any
reinsurance commission attributable to a variation on or after that date in a policy issued
in respect of such an insurance; and for this purpose the exercise of any rights conferred
by a policy shall be regarded as a variation of it.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M10	1989 c. 26	.
24	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
45	Policy holders’ share of profits etc.
(1)	In  section  88  of  the  Finance  Act  1989  (corporation  tax:  policy  holders’  fraction  of
profits),  in  subsection  (1)  for  the  words  “the  policy  holders’  fraction  of  its  relevant
profits for any accounting period shall” there shall be substituted the words—
“(a)	the  policy  holders’  share  of  the  relevant  profits  for  any  accounting
period, or
(b)	where the business is mutual business, the whole of those profits
(2)	In subsection (4) of that section, for the word “fraction” there shall be substituted the
word 	“                      share”	, and after the words “that period” there shall be inserted the
words 	“                      , or where the business is mutual business the whole of those profits,”	.
(3)	For section 89 of that Act (which defines the shareholders’ and policy holders’ fractions)
there shall be substituted—
“89	Policy holders’ share of profits.
(1)	The references in section 88 above to the policy holders’ share of the relevant
profits  for  an  accounting  period  of  a  company  carrying  on  life  assurance
business are references to the amount arrived at by deducting from those profits
the  Case  I  profits  of  the  company  for  the  period  in  respect  of  the  business,
reduced in accordance with subsection (2) below.
(2)	For the purposes of subsection (1) above, the Case I profits for a period shall
be reduced by—
(a)	the  amount,  so  far  as  unrelieved,  of  any  franked  investment  income
arising  in  the  period  as  respects  which  the  company  has  made  an
election under section 438(6) of the Taxes Act 1988, and
(b)	the  shareholders’  share  of  any  other  unrelieved  franked  investment
income arising in the period from investments held in connection with
the business.
(3)	For  the  purposes  of  this  section  “the  shareholders’  share”  in  relation  to  any
income is so much of the income as is represented by the fraction
where—
A is an amount equal to the Case I profits of the company for the period
in question in respect of its life assurance business, and
B  is  an  amount  equal  to  the  excess  of  the  company’s  relevant  non-
premium  income  and  relevant  gains  over  its  relevant  expenses  and
relevant interest for the period.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
25	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(4)	Where there is no such excess as is mentioned in subsection (3) above, or where
the Case I profits are greater than any excess, the whole of the income shall be
the shareholders’ share; and (subject to that) where there are no Case I profits,
none of the income shall be the shareholders’ share.
(5)	In  subsection  (3)  above  the  references  to  the  relevant  non-premium  income,
relevant  gains,  relevant  expenses  and  relevant  interest  of  a  company  for  an
accounting period are references respectively to the following items as brought
into account for the period, so far as referable to the company’s life assurance
business,—
(a)	the  company’s  investment  income  from  the  assets  of  its  long-term
business fund together with its other income, apart from premiums;
(b)	any increase in the value (whether realised or not) of those assets;
(c)	expenses payable by the company;
(d)	interest payable by the company;
and if for any period there is a reduction in the value referred to in paragraph (b)
above (as brought into account for the period), that reduction shall be taken into
account as an expense of the period.
(6)	Except  in  so  far  as  regulations  made  by  the  Treasury  otherwise  provide,  in
this section “brought into account” means brought into account in the revenue
account prepared for the purposes of the Insurance Companies Act 1982; and
where the company’s period of account does not coincide with the accounting
period,  any  reference  to  an  amount  brought  into  account  for  the  accounting
period is a reference to the corresponding amount brought into account for the
period of account in which the accounting period is comprised, proportionately
reduced  to  reflect  the  length  of  the  accounting  period  as  compared  with  the
length of the period of account.
(7)	In this section “Case I profits” means profits computed in accordance with the
provisions of the Taxes Act 1988 applicable to Case I of Schedule D.
(8)	For the purposes of this section franked investment income is “unrelieved” if—
(a)	it has not been excluded from charge to tax by virtue of any provision,
(b)	no tax credit comprised in it has been paid, and
(c)	no relief has been allowed against it by deduction or set-off.”
(4)	In subsection (3) of section 434 of the Taxes Act 1988 (franked investment income etc.)
—
(a)	for the words “policy holders’ fraction” in both places where they occur there
shall be substituted the words 	“                          policy holders’ share”	;
(b)	in  paragraph  (a),  after  the  word  “income”  there  shall  be  inserted  the  words
“                          from investments held in connection with the company’s
life assurance business”	;
(c)	in  paragraph  (b),  for  the  words  “only  to  the  shareholders’  fraction  of  that
income” there shall be substituted the words 	“                          to that income
excluding the amount within paragraph (a) above”	.
(5)	In subsection (3A) of that section, for the word “fraction” there shall be substituted the
word 	“                      share”	.
F37	(6)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(7)	After subsection (6) of that section there shall be inserted—
“(6A)	For the purposes of this section—
(a)	“the  policy  holders’  share”  of  any  franked  investment  income  is  so
much  of  that  income  as  is  not  the  shareholders’  share  within  the
meaning of section 89 of the Finance Act 1989, and
(b)	“the policy holders’ share of the relevant profits” has the same meaning
as in section 88 of that Act.”
F38	(8)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F39	(9)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(10)	The 	M11	Finance  Act  1989  shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  had  effect  with  the
amendments  made  by  subsections  (1)  to  (3)  above,  and  the  amendments  made  by
subsections (4) to (9) above shall have the same effect as, by virtue of section 84(5)(b)
of that Act, they would have had if they had been made by Schedule 8 to that Act.
(11)	Paragraphs  1  and  3(3)  of  Schedule  8  to  the  Finance  Act  1989  shall  be  deemed  never
to have had effect.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F37	S. 45(6)	 repealed (31.7.1998 with effect in accordance with Schedule 3 to the amending Act) by 	1998
c. 36	, s. 165	, Sch. 27	 Pt.(2) Note
F38	S. 45(8)	 repealed (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in 	Sch. 8 paras. 55-57	 of the amending Act) by
1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII
F39	S. 45(9)	 repealed (31.7.1997 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Sch. 3 to the amending
Act, other than para. 11) by 	1997 c. 58	, s. 52	, Sch. 8 Pt. II	 (6) Note (with s. 3(3))
Marginal Citations
M11	1989 c. 26	.
F40	46	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F40	S. 46	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27) (and expressed to be modified (31.7.1992) by 	S.I. 1992/1655	, arts. 1	, 19(1)	); and expressed to be
excluded (27.7.1993) by 	1993 c. 34	, s. 91(1)	.
F41	47	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
27	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F41	S. 47	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
48	Transfers of long term business.
Schedule 9 to this Act (which makes provision about the tax consequences of certain
transfers of long term business by insurance companies) shall have effect.
49	Friendly societies: increased tax exemption.
(1)	In subsection (2) of section 460 of the Taxes Act 1988 (exemption from tax for profits
of friendly society arising from life or endowment business), in paragraph (c)—
(a)	in sub-paragraph (i), for “£100” there shall be substituted 	“                          £150”	;
and
(b)	after that sub-paragraph there shall be inserted—
“(ia)	where  the  profits  relate  to  contracts  made  after  31st
August  1987  but  before  1st  September  1990,  of  the
assurance of gross sums under contracts under which
the total premiums payable in any period of 12 months
exceed £100;”.
(2)	In subsection (3) of that section, for the words “of subsection (2)(c)(i)” there shall be
substituted the words 	“                      of subsection (2)(c)(i) or (ia)”	.
(3)	In subsection (3) of section 464 of that Act (maximum benefits payable to members of
friendly societies), for the words from “Kingdom)” to the end there shall be substituted
the  words 	“Kingdom)—unless  all  those  contracts  were  made  before  1st  September
1987.
(a)	contracts under which the total premiums payable in any period of 12
months exceed £150; or
(b)	contracts  made  before  1st  September  1990  under  which  the  total
premiums payable in any period of 12 months exceed £100,
(4)	In subsection (4) of that section, for the word “limit” there shall be substituted the word
“                      limits”	.
(5)	In  paragraph  3(8)(b)(ii)  of  Schedule  15  to  that  Act  (amount  of  premiums  to  be
disregarded in determining whether a policy meets conditions for it to be a qualifying
policy), after the word “premiums” there shall be inserted the words 	“                      or,
where those premiums are payable otherwise than annually, an amount equal to 10 per
cent. of those premiums if that is greater”	.
50	Friendly societies: application of enactments.
(1)	Section 463 of the Taxes Act 1988 (application to life or endowment business of friendly
societies of Corporation Tax Acts as they apply to mutual life assurance business) shall
be renumbered as subsection (1) of that section.
28	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(2)	After that provision as so renumbered there shall be added—
“(2)	The provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts which apply on the transfer of the
whole  or  part  of  the  long  term  business  of  an  insurance  company  to  another
company shall apply in the same way—
(a)	on  the  transfer  of  the  whole  or  part  of  the  business  of  a  friendly
society to another friendly society (and on the amalgamation of friendly
societies), and
(b)	on the transfer of the whole or part of the business of a friendly society
to a company which is not a friendly society (and on the conversion of
a friendly society into such a company),
so however that the Treasury may by regulations provide that those provisions
as so applied shall have effect subject to such modifications and exceptions as
may be prescribed by the regulations.
(3)	The Treasury may by regulations provide that the provisions of the Corporation
Tax  Acts  which  apply  on  the  transfer  of  the  whole  or  part  of  the  long  term
business of an insurance company to another company shall have effect where
the transferee is a friendly society subject to such modifications and exceptions
as may be prescribed by the regulations.
(4)	Regulations under this section may make different provision for different cases
and may include provision having retrospective effect.”
Unit and investment trusts etc.
F42	51	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F42	S. 51	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect for the year 1996-1997 and subsequent years of assessment) by
1996 c. 8	, ss. 73	, 205	, Sch. 6	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(1)	 Note 1
52	Unit trusts: repeals.
(1)	The Taxes Act 1988 shall have effect subject to the following provisions of this section.
(2)	In  section  468  (authorised  unit  trusts)  subsection  (5)  shall  not  apply  as  regards  a
distribution period beginning after 31st December 1990.
(3)	Where  a  particular  distribution  period  is  by  virtue  of  subsection  (2)  above  the  last
distribution  period  as  regards  which  section  468(5)  applies  in  the  case  of  a  trust,  the
trustees’  liability  to  income  tax  in  respect  of  any  source  of  income  chargeable  under
Case III of Schedule D shall be assessed as if they had ceased to possess the source of
income on the last day of that distribution period.
(4)	But where section 67 of the Taxes Act 1988 applies by virtue of subsection (3) above,
it shall apply with the omission from subsection (1)(b) of the words from “and shall”
to “this provision”.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
29	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(5)	Section  468B  (certified  unit  trusts:  corporation  tax)  shall  not  apply  as  regards  an
accounting period ending after 31st December 1990.
(6)	Section 468C (certified unit trusts: distributions) shall not apply as regards a distribution
period ending after 31st December 1990.
(7)	Section  468D  (funds  of  funds:  distributions)  shall  not  apply  as  regards  a  distribution
period ending after 31st December 1990.
(8)	In this section “distribution period” has the same meaning as in section 468 of the Taxes
Act 1988.
53	Unit trust managers: exemption from bond-washing provisions.
F43	(1)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)	Section  472  of  the  Taxes  Act  1970  (corresponding  provision  of  the  old  law)  shall
be  deemed  always  to  have  had  effect  with  the  insertion  after  subsection  (5)  of  the
subsection set out in subsection (1) above.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F43	S. 53(1)	 repealed (31.7.1997 with effect in accordance with 	s. 26	 of the amending Act) by 	1997 c. 58	, ss.
26, 52, Sch. 8 Pt. II(8)	 note (with s. 3(3))
F44	54	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F44	S. 54	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
55	Investment trusts.
(1)	In section 842 of the Taxes Act 1988 (investment trusts) the following subsections shall
be inserted after subsection (2)—
“(2A)	Subsection (1)(e) above shall not apply as regards an accounting period if—
(a)	the  company  is  required  to  retain  income  in  respect  of  the  period  by
virtue of a restriction imposed by law, and
(b)	the amount of income the company is so required to retain in respect of
the period exceeds an amount equal to 15 per cent. of the income the
company derives from shares and securities.
(2B)	Subsection (2A) above shall not apply where—
30	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	the amount of income the company retains in respect of the accounting
period  exceeds  the  amount  of  income  it  is  required  by  virtue  of  a
restriction imposed by law to retain in respect of the period, and
(b)	the amount of the excess or, where the company distributes income in
respect of the period, that amount together with the amount of income
which  the  company  so  distributes  is  at  least  £10,000  or,  where  the
period is less than 12 months, a proportionately reduced amount.
(2C)	Paragraph (e) of subsection (1) above shall not apply as regards an accounting
period if the amount which the company would be required to distribute in order
to  fall  within  that  paragraph  is  less  than  £10,000  or,  where  the  period  is  less
than 12 months, a proportionately reduced amount.”
(2)	This  section  applies  in  relation  to  accounting  periods  ending  on  or  after  the  day  on
which this Act is passed.
Securities
F45	56	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F45	S. 56	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II of 	Part IV	 of the
amending Act) by 	1996 c. 8	, ss. 105	, 205	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(3)	 Note
[F46	57	Deep gain securities.
(1)	In Schedule 11 to the 	M12	Finance Act 1989 (deep gain securities) paragraph 1 (meaning
of deep gain security) shall be amended as follows.
(2)	The following sub-paragraph shall be inserted after sub-paragraph (3)—
“(3A)	In the case of a security issued on or after 9th June 1989, for the purposes of
sub-paragraph (2) above “	redemption	” does not include any redemption which
may be made before maturity only if—
(a)	the  person  who  issued  the  security  fails  to  comply  with  the  duties
imposed on him by the terms of issue,
(b)	the person who issued the security becomes unable to pay his debts, or
(c)	the  security  was  issued  by  a  company  and  a  person  gains  control  of
the company in pursuance of the acceptance of an offer made by that
person to acquire shares in the company.”
(3)	The amendment made by this section shall be deemed always to have had effect.	]
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F46	S. 57	 repealed (retrospectively and to be taken always to have had effect) by 	Finance (No. 2) Act 1992
(c. 48)	, ss. 33	, 82, Sch. 7 para. 7 Sch. 18 Pt.VII	 (made 16.7.1992).
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
31	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Marginal Citations
M12	1989 c. 26	.
F47	58	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F47	S. 58	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II of 	Part IV	 of the
amending Act) by 	1996 c. 8	, ss. 105	, 205	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(3)	 Note
F48	59	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F48	S. 59	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II of 	Part IV	 of the
amending Act) by 	1996 c. 8	, ss. 105	, 205	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(3)	 Note
Oil industry
F49	60	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F49	S. 60	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001 c. 2	, s. 580	,
Sch. 4
F50	61	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F50	S. 61	 repealed (for losses incurred in accounting periods ending on or after 01.04.1991) by 	Finance Act
1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 123	, Sch. 19 Pt.V	 Note 4(c).
62	CT treatment of PRT repayment.
(1)	In  section  500  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (deduction  of  PRT  in  computing  income  for
corporation tax purposes), in subsection (4)     (reduction or extinguishment of deduction
where PRT repaid)—
32	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	at the beginning there shall be inserted the words 	“                          Subject
to the following provisions of this section”	; and
(b)	for  the  words  “accounting  period”  there  shall  be  substituted 	“
calendar year”	.
(2)	For subsection (5) of that section there shall be substituted the following subsections—
“(5)	If,  in  a  case  where  paragraph  17  of  Schedule  2  to  the  1975  Act  applies,  an
amount  of  petroleum  revenue  tax  in  respect  of  which  a  deduction  has  been
made  under  subsection  (1)  above  is  repaid  by  virtue  of  an  assessment  under
that Schedule or an amendment of such an assessment, then, so far as concerns
so much of that repayment as constitutes the appropriate repayment,—
(a)	subsection (4) above shall not apply; and
(b)	the  following  provisions  of  this  section  shall  apply  in  relation  to  the
company which is entitled to the repayment.
(6)	In subsection (5) above and the following provisions of this section—
(a)	“the  appropriate  repayment”  has  the  meaning  assigned  by  sub-
paragraph (2) of paragraph 17 of Schedule 2 to the 1975 Act;
(b)	in  relation  to  the  appropriate  repayment,  a  “carried  back  loss”  means
an  allowable  loss  which  falls  within  sub-paragraph  (1)(a)  of  that
paragraph and which (alone or together with one or more other carried
back losses) gives rise to the appropriate repayment;
(c)	in  relation  to  a  carried  back  loss,  “the  operative  chargeable  period”
means the chargeable period in which the loss accrued; and
(d)	in  relation  to  the  company  which  is  entitled  to  the  appropriate
repayment,  “the  relevant  accounting  period”  means  the  accounting
period in or at the end of which ends the operative chargeable period or,
if the company’s ring fence trade is permanently discontinued before
the end of the operative chargeable period, the last accounting period
of that trade.
(7)	In computing for corporation tax the amount of the company’s income arising
in  the  relevant  accounting  period  from  oil  extraction  activities  or  oil  rights
there  shall  be  added  an  amount  equal  to  the  appropriate  repayment;  but  this
subsection has effect subject to subsection (8) below in any case where—
(a)	two or more carried back losses give rise to the appropriate repayment;
and
(b)	the operative chargeable period in relation to each of the carried back
losses is not the same; and
(c)	if  subsection  (6)(d)  above  were  applied  separately  in  relation  to  each
of  the  carried  back  losses  there  would  be  more  than  one  relevant
accounting period.
(8)	Where  paragraphs  (a)  to  (c)  of  subsection  (7)  above  apply,  the  appropriate
repayment  shall  be  treated  as  apportioned  between  each  of  the  relevant
accounting  periods  referred  to  in  paragraph  (c)  of  that  subsection  in  such
manner  as  to  secure  that  the  amount  added  by  virtue  of  that  subsection  in
relation to each of those relevant accounting periods is what it would have been
if—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
33	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	relief for each of the carried back losses for which there is a different
operative chargeable period had been given by a separate assessment
or amendment of an assessment under Schedule 2 to the 1975 Act; and
(b)	relief  for  a  carried  back  loss  accruing  in  an  earlier  chargeable  period
had  been  so  given  before  relief  for  a  carried  back  loss  accruing  in  a
later chargeable period.
(9)	Any additional assessment to corporation tax required in order to give effect to
the addition of an amount by virtue of subsection (7) above may be made at any
time not later than six years after the end of the calendar year in which is made
the repayment of petroleum revenue tax comprising the appropriate repayment.
(10)	In this section “allowable loss” and “chargeable period” have the same meaning
as in Part I of the 1975 Act and “calendar year” means a period of twelve months
beginning on 1st January.”
(3)	At the end of section 502(1) of the Taxes Act 1988 (defined expressions for Chapter V
of Part XII) there shall be added 	“and
“ring fence trade” means activities which—
(a)	fall within any of paragraphs (a) to (c) of subsection (1) of section 492;
and
(b)	constitute  a  separate  trade  (whether  by  virtue  of  that  subsection  or
otherwise)”.
F51	63	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F51	Ss. 63-65	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	,
26(2)	, 27).
F52	64	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F52	Ss. 63-65	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	,
26(2)	, 27).
International
F53	65	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F53	Ss. 63-65	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	,
26(2)	, 27).
F54	66	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F54	S. 66	 repealed (3.5.1994 with effect in accordance with 	s. 251	 of the amending Act) by 	1994 c. 9	, ss.
251	, 258	, Sch. 26 Pt. VIII	 (1) Note
67	Dual resident companies: controlled foreign companies.
F55	(1)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	In Schedule 25 to that Act—
(a)	paragraphs 2(1)(c) and 4(1)(c) shall be omitted,
(b)	after paragraph 2(1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A)	A  payment  of  dividend  to  a  company  shall  not  fall  within  sub-
paragraph (1)(d) above unless it is taken into account in computing the
company’s income for corporation tax.”, and
(c)	after paragraph 4(1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A)	A payment to a company shall not be a subsequent dividend within the
meaning of sub-paragraph (1)(b) above unless it is taken into account
in computing the company’s income for corporation tax.”
(4)	Subsections  (1)  and  (2)  above  shall  apply  on  and  after  20th  March  1990  and
subsection (3) above shall apply to dividends paid on or after that date.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F55	S. 67(1)(2)	 repealed (3.5.1994 with effect in accordance with 	section 251	 of the amending Act) by 	1994
c. 9	, ss. 251	, 258	, Sch. 26 Pt. VIII(1)	 Note
68	Movements of capital between residents of member States.
(1)	In section 765 of the Taxes Act 1988 (certain transactions unlawful unless carried out
with Treasury consent), in subsection (1), after the words “Subject to the provisions of
this section” there shall be inserted the words 	“                      and section 765A”	.
(2)	After that section there shall be inserted—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
35	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
“765A	Movements of capital between residents of member States.
(1)	765(1) shall not apply to a transaction which is a movement of capital to which
Article 1 of the Directive of the Council of the European Communities dated
24th June 1988 No. 	88/361/EEC	 applies.
(2)	Where if that Article did not apply to it a transaction would be unlawful under
section 765(1), the body corporate in question (that is to say, the body corporate
resident in the United Kingdom) shall—
(a)	give  to  the  Board  within  six  months  of  the  carrying  out  of  the
transaction such information relating to the transaction, or to persons
connected with the transaction, as regulations made by the Board may
require, and
(b)	where notice is given to the body corporate by the Board, give to the
Board within such period as is prescribed by regulations made by the
Board (or such longer period as the Board may in the case allow) such
further particulars relating to the transaction, to related transactions, or
to persons connected with the transaction or related transactions, as the
Board may require.”
(3)	In  section  98  of  the 	M13	Taxes  Management  Act  1970  (penalties  for  failure  to  furnish
information and for false information)—
(a)	in subsection (1), after the words “Subject to” there shall be inserted the words
“                          the provisions of this section and”	;
(b)	after subsection (4) there shall be inserted—
“(5)	In the case of a failure to comply with section 765A(2)(a) or (b) of the
principal  Act,  subsection  (1)  above  shall  have  effect  as  if  for  “£300”
there were substituted 	“                                £3,000”	 and as if for “£60”
there were substituted 	“                                £600”	.”;
(c)	in  the  first  column  of  the  Table,  after  “section  755”  there  shall  be  inserted 	“
section 765A(2)(b);”	; and
(d)	in the second column of the Table, after “section 639” there shall be inserted
“                          section 765A(2)(a);”	.
(4)	This section shall apply to transactions carried out on or after 1st July 1990.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M13	1970 c. 9	.
69	European Economic Interest Groupings.
Schedule 11 to this Act (which makes provision about the taxation of income and gains
in the case of European Economic Interest Groupings) shall have effect.
F56	70	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F56	S. 70	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2),
27).
Miscellaneous
71	Relief for interest.
For the year 1990-91 the qualifying maximum defined in section 367(5) of the Taxes
Act 1988 (limit on relief for interest on certain loans) shall be £30,000.
F57	72	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F57	S. repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F58	73	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F58	S. 73	 repealed (3.5.1994 with effect in relation to shares issued on or after 1st January 1994) by 	1994
c. 9	, s. 258	, Sch. 26 Pt. V(17)	 Note
F59	74	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F59	S. 74	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II of 	Part IV	 of the
amending Act) by 	1996 c. 8	, ss. 105	, 205	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(3)	 Note
F60	75	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
37	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F60	S. 75	 repealed (3.5.1994) by 	1994 c. 9	, s. 258	, Sch. 26 Pt. V(21)
76	Training and enterprise councils and local enterprise companies.
After section 79 of the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be inserted—
“79A	Contributions to training and enterprise councils and local enterprise
companies.
(1)	Notwithstanding  anything  in  section  74,  but  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this
section,  where  a  person  carrying  on  a  trade,  profession  or  vocation  makes  any
contribution  (whether  in  cash  or  in  kind)  to  a  training  and  enterprise  council
or  a  local  enterprise  company,  any  expenditure  incurred  by  him  in  making  the
contribution may be deducted as an expense in computing the profits or gains of
the trade, profession or vocation for the purposes of tax if it would not otherwise
be so deductible.
(2)	Where any such contribution is made by an investment company any expenditure
allowable  as  a  deduction  under  subsection  (1)  above  shall  for  the  purposes  of
section 75 be treated as expenses of management.
(3)	Subsection  (1)  above  does  not  apply  in  relation  to  a  contribution  made  by  any
person  if  either  he  or  any  person  connected  with  him  receives  or  is  entitled  to
receive a benefit of any kind whatsoever for or in connection with the making
of  that  contribution,  whether  from  the  council  or  company  concerned  or  from
any other person.
(4)	In any case where—
(a)	relief  has  been  given  under  subsection  (1)  above  in  respect  of  a
contribution, and
(b)	any benefit received in any chargeable period by the contributor or any
person connected with him is in any way attributable to that contribution,
the contributor shall in respect of that chargeable period be charged to tax under
Case I or Case II of Schedule D, or if he is not chargeable to tax under either of
those  Cases  for  that  period  under  Case  VI  of  Schedule  D,  on  an  amount  equal
to the value of that benefit.
(5)	In this section—
(a)	“training and enterprise council” means a body with which the Secretary
of  State  has  made  an  agreement  (not  being  one  which  has  terminated)
under which it is agreed that the body shall carry out the functions of a
training and enterprise council, and
(b)	“local enterprise company” means a company with which an agreement
(not being one which has terminated) under which it is agreed that the
company  shall  carry  out  the  functions  of  a  local  enterprise  company
has  been  made  by  the  Scottish  Development  Agency,  the  Highlands
and  Islands  Development  Board,  Scottish  Enterprise  or  Highlands  and
Islands Enterprise.
38	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(6)	Section 839 applies for the purposes of subsections (3) and (4) above.
(7)	This section applies to contributions made on or after 1st April 1990 and before
1st April 1995.”
77	Expenses of entertainers.
The following section shall be inserted after section 201 of the Taxes Act 1988—
“201A	Expenses of entertainers.
(1)	Where  emoluments  of  an  employment  to  which  this  section  applies  fall  to  be
charged to tax for a year of assessment for which this section applies, there may
be  deducted  from  the  emoluments  of  the  employment  to  be  charged  to  tax  for
the year—
(a)	fees falling within subsection (2) below, and
(b)	any additional amount paid by the employee in respect of value added
tax charged by reference to those fees.
(2)	Fees fall within this subsection if—
(a)	they are paid by the employee to another person,
(b)	they are paid under a contract made between the employee and the other
person, who agrees under the contract to act as an agent of the employee
in connection with the employment,
(c)	at  each  time  any  of  the  fees  are  paid  the  other  person  carries  on  an
employment agency with a view to profit and holds a current licence for
the agency,
(d)	they are calculated as a percentage of the emoluments of the employment
or as a percentage of part of those emoluments, and
(e)	they  are  defrayed  out  of  the  emoluments  of  the  employment  falling  to
be charged to tax for the year concerned.
(3)	For the purposes of subsection (2) above—
(a)	“employment  agency”  means  an  employment  agency  within  the
meaning given by section 13(2) of the Employment Agencies Act 1973,
and
(b)	a person holds a current licence for an employment agency if he holds a
current licence under that Act authorising him to carry on the agency.
(4)	The  amount  which  may  be  deducted  by  virtue  of  this  section  shall  not  exceed
175 per cent. of the emoluments of the employment falling to be charged to tax
for the year concerned.
(5)	This  section  applies  to  employment  as  an  actor,  singer,  musician,  dancer  or
theatrical artist.
(6)	This section applies for the year 1990–91 and subsequent years of assessment.”
78	Waste disposal.
The following sections shall be inserted after section 91 of the Taxes Act 1988—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
39	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
“91A	Waste disposal: restoration payments.
(1)	This  section  applies  where  on  or  after  6th  April  1989  a  person  makes  a  site
restoration payment in the course of carrying on a trade.
(2)	Subject to subsection (3) below, for the purposes of income tax or corporation
tax the payment shall be allowed as a deduction in computing the profits or gains
of the trade for the period of account in which the payment is made.
(3)	Subsection (2) above shall not apply to so much of the payment as—
(a)	represents  expenditure  which  has  been  allowed  as  a  deduction  in
computing  the  profits  or  gains  of  the  trade  for  any  period  of  account
preceding the period of account in which the payment is made, or
(b)	represents capital expenditure in respect of which an allowance has been,
or may be, made under the enactments relating to capital allowances.
(4)	For the purposes of this section a site restoration payment is a payment made—
(a)	in connection with the restoration of a site or part of a site, and
(b)	in  order  to  comply  with  any  condition  of  a  relevant  licence,  or  any
condition imposed on the grant of planning permission to use the site for
the  carrying  out  of  waste  disposal  activities,  or  any  term  of  a  relevant
agreement.
(5)	For  the  purposes  of  this  section  waste  disposal  activities  are  the  collection,
treatment,  conversion  and  final  depositing  of  waste  materials,  or  any  of  those
activities.
(6)	For the purposes of this section a relevant licence is—
(a)	a  disposal  licence  under  Part  I  of  the  Control  of  Pollution  Act  1974
or  Part  II  of  the  Pollution  Control  and  Local  Government  (Northern
Ireland) Order 1978, or
(b)	a  waste  management  licence  under  Part  II  of  the  Environmental
Protection Act 1990 or any corresponding provision for the time being
in force in Northern Ireland.
(7)	For  the  purposes  of  this  section  a  relevant  agreement  is  an  agreement  made
under section 52 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1971, section 50 of the
Town  and  Country  Planning  (Scotland)  Act  1972  or  section  106  of  the  Town
and Country Planning Act 1990 (all of which relate to agreements regulating the
development or use of land) or under any provision corresponding to section 106
of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 and for the time being in force in
Northern Ireland.
(8)	For  the  purposes  of  this  section  a  period  of  account  is  a  period  for  which  an
account is made up.
91B	Waste disposal: preparation expenditure.
(1)	This section applies where a person—
(a)	incurs, in the course of carrying on a trade, site preparation expenditure
in relation to a waste disposal site (the site in question),
40	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	holds, at the time the person first deposits waste materials on the site in
question, a relevant licence which is then in force,
(c)	makes  a  claim  for  relief  under  this  section  in  such  form  as  the  Board
may direct, and
(d)	submits  such  plans  and  other  documents  (if  any)  as  the  Board  may
require;
and it is immaterial whether the expenditure is incurred before or after the coming
into force of this section.
(2)	In computing the profits or gains of the trade for a period of account ending after
5th  April  1989,  the  allowable  amount  shall  be  allowed  as  a  deduction  for  the
purposes of income tax or corporation tax.
(3)	In relation to a period of account (the period in question) the allowable amount
shall be determined in accordance with the formula—
(4)	A is the site preparation expenditure incurred by the person at any time before
the beginning of, or during, the period in question—
(a)	in relation to the site in question, and
(b)	in the course of carrying on the trade;
but this subsection is subject to subsections (5) and (9) below.
(5)	A does not include any expenditure—
(a)	which has been allowed as a deduction in computing the profits or gains
of the trade for any period of account preceding the period in question, or
(b)	which constitutes capital expenditure in respect of which an allowance
has  been,  or  may  be,  made  under  the  enactments  relating  to  capital
allowances.
(6)	B is an amount equal to any amount allowed as a deduction under this section,
if allowed—
(a)	in computing the profits or gains of the trade for any period of account
preceding the period in question, and
(b)	as regards expenditure incurred in relation to the site in question;
and if different amounts have been so allowed as regards different periods, B is
the aggregate of them.
(7)	C is the volume of waste materials deposited on the site in question during the
period in question; but if the period is one beginning before 6th April 1989 C shall
be reduced by the volume of any waste materials deposited on the site during the
period but before that date.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
41	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(8)	D  is  the  capacity  of  the  site  in  question  not  used  up  for  the  deposit  of  waste
materials, looking at the state of affairs at the end of the period in question.
(9)	Where  any  of  the  expenditure  which  would  be  included  in  A  (apart  from  this
subsection) was incurred before 6th April 1989, A shall be reduced by an amount
determined in accordance with the formula—
(10)	For the purposes of subsection (9) above—
(a)	E  is  so  much  of  the  initial  expenditure  (that  is,  the  expenditure  which
would be included in A apart from subsection (9) above) as was incurred
before 6th April 1989,
(b)	F  is  the  volume  of  waste  materials  deposited  on  the  site  in  question
before 6th April 1989, and
(c)	G  is  the  capacity  of  the  site  in  question  not  used  up  for  the  deposit  of
waste  materials,  looking  at  the  state  of  affairs  immediately  before  6th
April 1989.
(11)	For the purposes of this section—
(a)	a waste disposal site is a site used (or to be used) for the disposal of waste
materials by their deposit on the site,
(b)	in relation to such a site, site preparation expenditure is expenditure on
preparing  the  site  for  the  deposit  of  waste  materials  (and  may  include
expenditure on earthworks),
(c)	in relation to such a site, “capacity” means capacity expressed in volume,
(d)	“relevant licence” has the same meaning as in section 91A, and
(e)	a period of account is a period for which an account is made up.”
79	Priority share allocations for employees etc.
(1)	In  section  68  of  the 	M14	Finance  Act  1988  (which  provides  for  the  benefits  derived
from  priority  rights  in  share  offers  to  be  disregarded  in  certain  circumstances),  after
subsection (3) there shall be inserted—
“(3A)	The fact that the allocations of shares in the company to which persons who are
not directors or employees of the company are entitled are smaller than those to
which directors or employees of the company are entitled shall not be regarded
for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) above as meaning that they are not entitled
on similar terms if—
(a)	each  of  the  first-mentioned  persons  is  also  entitled,  by  reason  of  his
office  or  employment  and  in  priority  to  members  of  the  public,  to
an  allocation  of  shares  in  another  company  or  companies  which  are
42	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
offered to the public (at a fixed price or by tender) at the same time as
the shares in the company, and
(b)	in the case of each of those persons the aggregate value (measured by
reference to the fixed price or the lowest price successfully tendered)
of  all  the  shares  included  in  the  allocations  to  which  he  is  entitled  is
the same, or as nearly the same as is reasonably practicable, as that of
the shares in the company included in the entitlement of a comparable
director or employee of the company.”
(2)	This section applies to offers made on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M14	1988 c. 39	.
80	Broadcasting: transfer of undertakings of Independent Broadcasting Authority
and Cable Authority.
Schedule 12 to this Act shall have effect.
81	Futures and options: exemptions.
(1)	F61	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)	The  following  section  shall  be  inserted  at  the  end  of  Part  XIV  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988
(pension schemes etc.)—
“659A	Futures and options.
(1)	For the purposes of sections 592(2), 608(2)(a), 613(4), 614(3) and (4), 620(6)
and 643(2)—
(a)	“investments”            (or “investment”)
includes futures contracts and options contracts, and
(b)	income  derived  from  transactions  relating  to  such  contracts  shall  be
regarded as income derived from (or income from) such contracts,
and paragraph 7(3)(a) of Schedule 22 to this Act shall be construed accordingly.
(2)	For the purposes of subsection (1) above a contract is not prevented from being
a futures contract or an options contract by the fact that any party is or may be
entitled to receive or liable to make, or entitled to receive and liable to make,
only a payment of a sum (as opposed to a transfer of assets other than money)
in full settlement of all obligations.”
F62	(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4)	Section  659  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (financial  futures  and  traded  options)  shall  cease
to have effect.
(5)	Subsections (1) and (2) above apply in relation to income derived after the day on which
this Act is passed.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter I – GeneralDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
43	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(6)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(7)	Insofar  as  section  659  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  relates  to  provisions  of  that  Act,
subsection (4) above applies in relation to income derived after the day on which this
Act is passed.
(8)	Insofar as section 659 of the Taxes Act 1988 relates to section 149B of the 	M15	Capital
Gains  Tax  Act  1979,  subsection  (4)  above  applies  in  relation  to  disposals  made  after
the day on which this Act is passed.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F61	S. 81(1)	 repealed (with effect as mentioned in s. 83(3) of the repealing Act) by 	Finance Act 2002 (c. 23)	,
s. 141	, Sch. 40 Pt. 3(13)
F62	S. 81(3)(6)	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, ss. 289	, 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras.
20, 22, 26(2)	, 27)
Marginal Citations
M15	1979 c. 14	.
F63	82	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F63	S. 82	 repealed (1.5.1995 with effect for the year 1995-1996 and subsequent years of assessment) by
1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(8)	 Note
F64	83	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F64	Ss. 83-86	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, ss. 289	, 290	, Sch. 12	 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras.
20, 22, 26(2),27).
F65	84	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter I – General	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F65	Ss. 83-86	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, ss. 289	, 290	, Sch. 12	 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras.
20, 22, 26(2),27).
F66	85	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F66	Ss. 83-86	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, ss. 289	, 290	, Sch. 12	 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras.
20, 22, 26(2),27).
F67	86	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F67	Ss. 83-86	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, ss. 289	, 290	, Sch. 12	 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras.
20, 22, 26(2),27).
F68	87	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F68	S. 87	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001 c. 2	, s. 580	,
Sch. 4
88	Capital allowances: miscellaneous amendments.
Schedule 13 to this Act shall have effect.
89	Correction of errors in Taxes Act 1988.
Schedule 14 to this Act shall have effect.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
45	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
CHAPTER	 II
MANAGEMENT
Returns and information
90	Income tax returns.
(1)	The  following  sections  shall  be  substituted  for  sections  8  and  9  of  the 	M16	Taxes
Management Act 1970 (return of income)—
“8	Personal return.
(1)	For the purposes of assessing a person to income tax, he may be required by a
notice given to him by an inspector—
(a)	to  make  and  deliver  to  the  inspector  within  the  time  limited  by  the
notice  a  return  containing  such  information  as  may  be  required  in
pursuance of the notice, and
(b)	to  deliver  with  the  return  such  accounts  and  statements,  relating  to
information  contained  in  the  return,  as  may  be  required  in  pursuance
of the notice.
(2)	Every return under this section shall include a declaration by the person making
the  return  to  the  effect  that  the  return  is  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  correct
and complete.
(3)	A  notice  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements for different periods or in relation to different descriptions of source
of income.
(4)	Notices  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements in relation to different descriptions of person.
8A	Trustee’s return.
(1)	For  the  purpose  of  assessing  a  trustee  of  a  settlement,  and  the  settlors  and
beneficiaries, to income tax an inspector may by a notice given to the trustee
require the trustee—
(a)	to  make  and  deliver  to  the  inspector  within  the  time  limited  by  the
notice  a  return  containing  such  information  as  may  be  required  in
pursuance of the notice, and
(b)	to  deliver  with  the  return  such  accounts  and  statements,  relating  to
information  contained  in  the  return,  as  may  be  required  in  pursuance
of the notice;
and a notice may be given to any one trustee or separate notices may be given
to each trustee or to such trustees as the inspector thinks fit.
(2)	Every return under this section shall include a declaration by the person making
the  return  to  the  effect  that  the  return  is  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  correct
and complete.
46	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(3)	A  notice  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements for different periods or in relation to different descriptions of source
of income.
(4)	Notices  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements in relation to different descriptions of settlement.
9	Partnership return.
(1)	Where  a  trade  or  profession  is  carried  on  by  two  or  more  persons  jointly,  for
the  purposes  of  making  an  assessment  to  income  tax  in  the  partnership  name
an inspector may act under subsection (2) or (3) below (or both).
(2)	An  inspector  may  by  a  notice  given  to  the  partners  require  such  person  as  is
identified in accordance with rules given with the notice—
(a)	to  make  and  deliver  to  the  inspector  within  the  time  limited  by  the
notice  a  return  containing  such  information  as  may  be  required  in
pursuance of the notice, and
(b)	to  deliver  with  the  return  such  accounts  and  statements  as  may  be
required in pursuance of the notice.
(3)	An inspector may by a notice given to any partner require the partner—
(a)	to  make  and  deliver  to  the  inspector  within  the  time  limited  by  the
notice  a  return  containing  such  information  as  may  be  required  in
pursuance of the notice, and
(b)	to  deliver  with  the  return  such  accounts  and  statements  as  may  be
required in pursuance of the notice;
and a notice may be given to any one partner or separate notices may be given
to each partner or to such partners as the inspector thinks fit.
(4)	Every return under this section shall include—
(a)	a declaration of the names and residences of the partners;
(b)	a declaration by the person making the return to the effect that the return
is to the best of his knowledge correct and complete.
(5)	A  notice  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements for different periods or in relation to different descriptions of source
of income.
(6)	Notices  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements in relation to different descriptions of partnership.”
(2)	In section 12 of that Act (information about chargeable gains)—
(a)	in subsection (1) for the words “Section 8” there shall be substituted the words
“                          Sections 8 and 8A”	 and for the words “it applies” there shall
be substituted the words 	“                          they apply”	;
(b)	in subsection (2) after the words “section 8” there shall be inserted the words
“                          or section 8A”	;
(c)	in subsection (4) the words “of income of a partnership” shall be omitted.
(3)	In section 93 of that Act (penalties) in subsection (1) for the words “9 of this Act (or
either” there shall be substituted the words 	“                      8A or 9 of this Act (or any”	.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
47	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(4)	In section 95 of that Act (penalties) in subsection (1)(a) for the words “9 of this Act (or
either” there shall be substituted the words 	“                      8A or 9 of this Act (or any”	.
(5)	This  section  applies  where  a  notice  to  deliver  a  return  was,  or  falls  to  be,  given  after
5th April 1990.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M16	1970 c. 9	.
F69	91	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F69	S. 91	 repealed (31.7.1998 with effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after the self-
assessment appointed day within the meaning of 	section 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss.
117	, 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III(28)	 Note
92	Information powers relating to interest.
(1)	Section  17  of  the 	M17	Taxes  Management  Act  1970  (interest  paid  or  credited  by  banks
etc.  without  deduction  of  income  tax)  shall  be  amended  as  mentioned  in  subsections
(2) and (3) below.
(2)	In subsection (1)—
(a)	after  the  words  “without  deduction  of  income  tax”  there  shall  be  inserted  the
words 	“                          or after deduction of income tax”	;
(b)	after  the  words  “the  amount  of  the  interest”  there  shall  be  inserted  the  words
“                          actually paid or credited and (where the interest was paid or
credited after deduction of income tax) the amount of the interest from which
the tax was deducted and the amount of the tax deducted”	;
(c)	paragraph (a) of the proviso shall be omitted.
(3)	The following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (4)—
“(5)	The  Board  may  by  regulations  provide  as  mentioned  in  all  or  any  of  the
following paragraphs—
(a)	that  a  return  under  subsection  (1)  above  shall  contain  such  further
information as is prescribed if the notice requiring the return specifies
the information and requires it to be contained in the return;
(b)	that a person required to make and deliver a return under subsection (1)
above  shall  furnish  with  the  return  such  further  information  as  is
prescribed  if  the  notice  requiring  the  return  specifies  the  information
and requires it to be so furnished;
(c)	that if a person is required to furnish information under any provision
made  under  paragraph  (b)  above,  and  the  notice  requiring  the  return
48	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
specifies  the  form  in  which  the  information  is  to  be  furnished,  the
person shall furnish the information in that form;
(d)	that  a  notice  under  subsection  (1)  above  shall  not  require  prescribed
information;
and in this subsection “prescribed” means prescribed by the regulations.
(6)	Regulations under subsection (5) above—
(a)	shall  be  made  by  statutory  instrument  subject  to  annulment  in
pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons,
(b)	may  make  different  provision  in  relation  to  different  cases  or
descriptions of case, and
(c)	may  include  such  supplementary,  incidental,  consequential  or
transitional  provisions  as  appear  to  the  Board  to  be  necessary  or
expedient.”
(4)	Section 18 of that Act (interest paid without deduction of income tax) shall be amended
as mentioned in subsections (5) and (6) below.
(5)	In subsection (1)—
(a)	after  the  words  “without  deduction  of  income  tax”  there  shall  be  inserted  the
words 	“                          or after deduction of income tax”	;
(b)	in paragraph (b) for the words “so paid or received” there shall be substituted
the words 	“                          actually paid or received and (where the interest has
been paid or received after deduction of income tax) the amount of the interest
from which the tax has been deducted and the amount of the tax deducted”	;
(c)	for the words “its amount” there shall be substituted the words 	“                          the
amount  actually  received  and  (where  the  interest  has  been  received  after
deduction of income tax) the amount of the interest from which the tax has been
deducted and the amount of the tax deducted”	.
(6)	The following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (3A)—
“(3B)	The  Board  may  by  regulations  provide  as  mentioned  in  all  or  any  of  the
following paragraphs—
(a)	that  a  person  required  to  furnish  information  under  subsection  (1)
above  shall  furnish  at  the  same  time  such  further  information  as
is  prescribed  if  the  notice  concerned  specifies  the  information  and
requires it to be so furnished;
(b)	that if a person is required to furnish information under subsection (1)
above or under any provision made under paragraph (a) above, and the
notice concerned specifies the form in which the information is to be
furnished, the person shall furnish the information in that form;
(c)	that  a  notice  under  subsection  (1)  above  shall  not  require  prescribed
information;
and in this subsection “prescribed” means prescribed by the regulations.
(3C)	Regulations under subsection (3B) above—
(a)	shall  be  made  by  statutory  instrument  subject  to  annulment  in
pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons,
(b)	may  make  different  provision  in  relation  to  different  cases  or
descriptions of case, and
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
49	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(c)	may  include  such  supplementary,  incidental,  consequential  or
transitional  provisions  as  appear  to  the  Board  to  be  necessary  or
expedient.”
(7)	Subsections (1) to (3) above shall have effect as regards a case where interest is paid or
credited in the year 1991-92 or a subsequent year of assessment.
(8)	Subsections (4) to (6) above shall have effect as regards a case where interest is paid in
the year 1991-92 or a subsequent year of assessment.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M17	1970 c. 9	.
93	Restrictions on Board’s power to call for information.
(1)	In section 20 of the 	M18	Taxes Management Act 1970 (powers to call for information),
after subsection (7) there shall be inserted—
“(7A)	A notice under subsection (2) above is not to be given unless the Board have
reasonable grounds for believing—
(a)	that the person to whom it relates may have failed or may fail to comply
with any provision of the Taxes Acts; and
(b)	that any such failure is likely to have led or to lead to serious prejudice
to the proper assessment or collection of tax.”
(2)	This section shall apply with respect to notices given on or after the day on which this
Act is passed.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M18	1970 c. 9	.
F70	94	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F70	S. 94	 repealed (16.7.1992) (	for claims made after 16.7.1992	) by 	Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48)	, ss.
28(5)(6)	, 82, Sch. 18 Pt.VII	.
Corporation tax determinations
F71	95	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F71	S. 95	 repealed (31.7.1998 with effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after the self-
assessment appointed day within the meaning of 	section 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss.
117	, 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III(28)	 Note
F72	96	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F72	S. 96	 repealed (27.7.1999 with effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after 1.7.1999) by
1999 c. 16	, ss. 92(6)(7)	, 139	, Sch. 20 Pt. III(20)	 Note
Claims by companies
F73	97	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F73	S. 97	 repealed (31.7.1997 with effect in relation to tax credits in respect of distributions made on or after
6th April 1999) by 	1997 c. 58	, ss. 34	, 52, Sch. 4 paras. 2(2)	, 3(2)	, Sch. 8 Pt. II(9)	 Note 1(with s. 3(3))
98	Repayment of income tax deducted at source.
(1)	The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.
(2)	In section 7(2) (set off against corporation tax of income tax deducted from payments
received by resident companies) the words from “and accordingly” to the end shall be
omitted.
F74	(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4)	In section 11(3) (set off against corporation tax of income tax deducted from payments
received by non-resident companies) the words from “and accordingly” to the end shall
be omitted.
(5)	This  section  applies  in  relation  to  income  tax  falling  to  be  set  off  against  corporation
tax for accounting periods ending after the day appointed for the purposes of section 10
of the Taxes Act 1988 (pay and file).
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash EquivalentsChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
51	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F74	S. 98(3)	 repealed (31.7.1998 in relation to accounting periods ending on or after the self-assessment
appointed day within the meaning of 	s. 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss. 117	, 165	, Sch. 27 Pt.
III	 (28) Note
99	Loss relief.
(1)	The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.
(2)	In  section  393  (relief  for  trading  losses)  in  subsection  (1)          (carry  forward  of  losses
on the making of a claim)—
(a)	for  the  words  “the  company  may  make  a  claim  requiring  that  the  loss”  there
shall be substituted the words 	“                          the loss shall”	, and
(b)	for  the  words  “on  that  claim”  there  shall  be  substituted  the  words 	“
under this subsection”	;
and  in  subsection  (11)          (time  limit  for  claims)  the  words  from  the  beginning  to  “of
six years; and” shall be omitted.
(3)	In section 396 (relief for Case VI losses on the making of a claim)—
(a)	in subsection (1) for the words “the company may make a claim requiring that
the loss” there shall be substituted the words 	“                          the loss shall”	, and
(b)	subsection (3)       (time limit for claims) shall cease to have effect.
(4)	This section applies in relation to accounting periods ending after the day appointed for
the purposes of section 10 of the Taxes Act 1988 (pay and file).
F75	100	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F75	S. 100	 repealed (31.7.1998 with effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after the self-
assessment appointed day within the meaning of 	section 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss.
117	, 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III	 (28) Note
F76	101	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F76	S. 101	 repealed (27.7.1999 with effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after 1.7.1999) by
1999 c. 16	, ss. 93	, 139	, Sch. 20 Pt. III(21)	 Note
F77	102	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part I – Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F77	S. 102	 repealed (31.7.1998 with effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after the self-
assessment appointed day within the meaning of 	section 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss.
117	, 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III	 (28) Note
F78	103	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F78	S. 103	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001 c. 2	, s.
580	, Sch. 4
Miscellaneous
104	Officers.
(1)	In section 1 of the 	M19	Taxes Management Act 1970 (appointment of inspectors etc.) the
following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (2)—
“(2A)	The  Board  may  appoint  a  person  to  be  an  inspector  or  collector  for  general
purposes or for such specific purposes as the Board think fit.
(2B)	Where  in  accordance  with  the  Board’s  administrative  practices  a  person  is
authorised  to  act  as  an  inspector  or  collector  for  specific  purposes,  he  shall
be  deemed  to  have  been  appointed  to  be  an  inspector  or  collector  for  those
purposes.”
(2)	In section 55 of that Act (recovery of tax not postponed)—
(a)	in  subsection  (7)  for  the  words  “the  inspector”  there  shall  be  substituted  the
words 	“                          an inspector”	;	F79	(b)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	The  amendment  made  by  subsection  (1)  above  shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  had
effect.
(4)	The amendments made by subsection (2) above shall apply where notice of appeal is
given on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F79	S. 104(2)(b)	 repealed (11.5.2001 with effect in accordance with s. 88 and Sch. 29 of the repealing Act)
by 	2001 c. 9	, s. 110	, Sch. 33 Pt. 2(13)
Marginal Citations
M19	1970 c. 9	.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part III – Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve TaxChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
53	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
105	Recovery of excessive repayments of tax.
(1)	In section 30 of the 	M20	Taxes Management Act 1970 (recovery of excessive repayments
of tax) the following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (1)—
“(1A)	Subsection (1)
above  shall  not  apply  where  the  amount  of  tax  which  has  been  repaid  is
assessable under section 29 of this Act.”
(2)	This section applies in relation to amounts of tax repaid on or after the day on which
this Act is passed.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M20	1970 c. 9	.
106	Corporation tax: collection.
In section 10 of the Taxes Act 1988 (time for payment of tax) the following subsection
shall be substituted for subsection (2)—
“(2)	Where  by  virtue  of  subsection  (1)(a)  above  corporation  tax  for  an  accounting
period  of  a  company  is  due  without  the  making  of  an  assessment,  the  amount
for  the  time  being  shown  in  a  return  by  the  company  under  section  11  of  the
Management  Act  (corporation  tax  return)  as  the  corporation  tax  for  the  period
shall be treated for the purposes of Part VI of the Management Act (collection
and  recovery)  as  tax  charged  and  due  and  payable  under  an  assessment  on  the
company.”
PART	 III
STAMP	 D	UTY	 AND	 STAMP	 D	UTY	 R	ESERVE	 TAX
Repeals
[F80	107	Stamp duty to be abolished on bearer instruments.
(1)	Stamp duty shall not be chargeable under Schedule 15 to the Finance Act 1999 (bearer
instruments).
(2)	Subsection (1) above applies in relation to the charge under paragraph 1 of that Schedule
(charge on issue) where the instrument is issued on or after the abolition day.
(3)	Subsection (1) above applies in relation to the charge under paragraph 2 of that Schedule
(charge on transfer of stock) where the stock constituted by or transferable by means of
the instrument is transferred on or after the abolition day.	]
54	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part III – Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F80	S. 107	 substituted (27.7.1999 with application in relation to bearer instruments issued on or after
1.10.1999) by 	1999 c. 16	, s. 113(3)(4)	, Sch. 16 para. 12
108	Transfer of securities: abolition of stamp duty.
(1)	Where defined securities are transferred to or vested in a person by an instrument, stamp
duty shall not be chargeable on the instrument.
(2)	In this section “defined securities” means—
(a)	stocks, shares or loan capital,
(b)	interests in, or in dividends or other rights arising out of, stocks, shares or loan
capital,
(c)	rights  to  allotments  of  or  to  subscribe  for,  or  options  to  acquire  or  to  dispose
of, stocks, shares or loan capital, and
(d)	units under a unit trust scheme.
(3)	In this section “loan capital” means—
(a)	any  debenture  stock,  corporation  stock  or  funded  debt,  by  whatever  name
known, issued by a government or a body corporate or other body of persons
(which  here  includes  a  local  authority  and  any  body  whether  formed  or
established in the United Kingdom or elsewhere);
(b)	any  capital  raised  by  a  government,  or  by  such  a  body  as  is  mentioned  in
paragraph (a) above, if the capital is borrowed or has the character of borrowed
money, and whether it is in the form of stock or any other form;
(c)	stock or marketable securities issued by a government.
(4)	In  this  section  “unit”  and  “unit  trust  scheme”  have  the  same  meanings  as  they  had  in
Part VII of the 	M21	Finance Act 1946 immediately before the abolition day.
(5)	In  this  section  references  to  a  government  include  references  to  a  government
department, including a Northern Ireland department.
(6)	In  this  section  “government”  means  the  government  of  the  United  Kingdom  or  of
Northern Ireland or of any country or territory outside the United Kingdom.
(7)	Subject  to  subsection  (8)  below,  this  section  applies  if  the  instrument  is  executed  in
pursuance of a contract made on or after the abolition day.
(8)	In the case of an instrument—
(a)	which falls within section 67(1) or (9) of the 	M22	Finance Act 1986 (depositary
receipts) or section 70(1) or (9) of that Act (clearance services), or
(b)	which  does  not  fall  within  section  67(1)  or  (9)  or  section  70(1)  or  (9)  of  that
Act and is not executed in pursuance of a contract,
this section applies if the instrument is executed on or after the abolition day.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M21	1946 c. 64	.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part III – Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve TaxChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
55	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
M22	1986 c. 41	.
109	Stamp duty: other repeals.
(1)	Section 83 of the 	M23	Stamp Act 1891 (fine for certain acts relating to securities) shall
not  apply  where  an  instrument  of  assignment  or  transfer  is  executed,  or  a  transfer  or
negotiation of the stock constituted by or transferable by means of a bearer instrument
takes place, on or after the abolition day.
(2)	The following provisions (which relate to the cancellation of certain instruments) shall
not  apply  where  the  stock  certificate  or  other  instrument  is  entered  on  or  after  the
abolition day—
(a)	section 109(1) of the Stamp Act 1891,
(b)	section 5(2) of the 	M24	Finance Act 1899,	F81	(c)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(d)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	Section  67  of  the 	M25	Finance  Act  1963  (prohibition  of  circulation  of  blank  transfers)
shall not apply where the sale is made on or after the abolition day; and section 16 of
the 	M26	Finance Act (Northern Ireland) 1963 (equivalent provision for Northern Ireland)
shall not apply where the sale is made on or after the abolition day.
(4)	No person shall be required to notify the Commissioners under section 68(1) or (2) or
71(1) or (2) of the Finance Act 1986 (depositary receipts and clearance services) if he
first issues the receipts, provides the services or holds the securities as there mentioned
on or after the abolition day.
(5)	No company shall be required to notify the Commissioners under section 68(3) or 71(3)
of that Act if it first becomes aware as there mentioned on or after the abolition day.
(6)	The following provisions shall cease to have effect—
(a)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(b)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(c)	section 33 of the 	M27	Finance Act 1970 (composition by financial institutions in
respect of stamp duty),
(d)	section 127(7) of the 	M28	Finance Act 1976 (extension of composition provisions
to Northern Ireland), and
(e)	section  85  of  the 	M29	Finance  Act  1986  (provisions  about  stock,  marketable
securities, etc.).
(7)	The provisions mentioned in subsection (6) above shall cease to have effect as provided
by the Treasury by order.
(8)	An order under subsection (7) above—
(a)	shall be made by statutory instrument;
(b)	may make different provision for different provisions or different purposes;
(c)	may  include  such  supplementary,  incidental,  consequential  or  transitional
provisions as appear to the Treasury to be necessary or expedient.
(9)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part III – Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F81	S. 109(2)(c)(d)(6)(a)(b)(9)	 repealed (27.7.1999 with effect in relation to instruments executed on or after
6.2.2000) by 	1999 c. 16	, s. 139	, Sch. 20 Pt. V(5)	, Note 1
Marginal Citations
M23	1891 c. 39	.
M24	1899 c. 9	.
M25	1963 c. 25	.
M26	1963 c. 22 (N.I.)	.
M27	1970 c. 24	.
M28	1976 c. 40	.
M29	1986 c. 41	.
110	Stamp duty reserve tax: abolition.
(1)	Stamp duty reserve tax shall cease to be chargeable.
(2)	In relation to the charge to tax under section 87 of the Finance Act 1986 subsection (1)
above applies where—
(a)	the agreement to transfer is conditional and the condition is satisfied on or after
the abolition day, or
(b)	the agreement is not conditional and is made on or after the abolition day.
(3)	In  relation  to  the  charge  to  tax  under  section  93(1)  of  that  Act  subsection  (1)  above
applies where securities are transferred, issued or appropriated on or after the abolition
day (whenever the arrangement was made).
(4)	In  relation  to  the  charge  to  tax  under  section  96(1)  of  that  Act  subsection  (1)  above
applies where securities are transferred or issued on or after the abolition day (whenever
the arrangement was made).
(5)	In  relation  to  the  charge  to  tax  under  section  93(10)  of  that  Act  subsection  (1)  above
applies where securities are issued or transferred on sale, under terms there mentioned,
on or after the abolition day.
(6)	In  relation  to  the  charge  to  tax  under  section  96(8)  of  that  Act  subsection  (1)  above
applies where securities are issued or transferred on sale, under terms there mentioned,
on or after the abolition day.
(7)	Where before the abolition day securities are issued or transferred on sale under terms
mentioned  in  section  93(10)  of  that  Act,  in  construing  section  93(10)  the  effect  of
subsections (1) and (3) above shall be ignored.
(8)	Where  before  the  abolition  day  securities  are  issued  or  transferred  on  sale  under
terms mentioned in section 96(8) of that Act, in construing section 96(8) the effect of
subsections (1) and (4) above shall be ignored.
111	General.
(1)	In sections 107 to 110 above “the abolition day” means such day as may be appointed
by the Treasury by order made by statutory instrument.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part III – Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve TaxChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
57	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(2)	Sections 107 to 109 above shall be construed as one with the 	M30	Stamp Act 1891.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M30	1891 c. 39	.
Paired shares
112	Stamp duty.
(1)	In section 143 of the 	M31	Finance Act 1988 (paired shares) in subsection (1)(b) for the
words “an equal number of” there shall be substituted the word 	“                    other”	.
(2)	Subsection (1) above applies where—
(a)	the offers referred to in section 143(1) are made, or are to be made, on or after
the day on which this Act is passed, and
(b)	before the offers are made, or are to be made, units comprising shares in the two
companies  concerned  were  offered  (whether  before  or  on  or  after  the  day  on
which this Act is passed) in circumstances where section 143 applied without
the amendment made by subsection (1) above.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M31	1988 c. 39	.
113	Stamp duty reserve tax.
(1)	Section 99 of the 	M32	Finance Act 1986 (stamp duty reserve tax: interpretation) shall be
amended as follows.
(2)	In subsection (6A)     (paired shares) in paragraph (b) for the words “an equal number
of” there shall be substituted the word 	“                    other”	.
(3)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (6A)—
“(6B)	For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (4)  above,  shares  issued  by  a  body  corporate
which is not incorporated in the United Kingdom (“the foreign company”) are
paired  with  shares  issued  by  a  body  corporate  which  is  so  incorporated  (“the
UK company”) where—
(a)	the  articles  of  association  of  the  UK  company  and  the  equivalent
instruments governing the foreign company each provide that no share
in the company to which they relate may be transferred otherwise than
as part of a unit comprising one share in that company and one share
in the other, and
(b)	the shares issued by the foreign company, and the shares issued by the
UK company, are issued to give effect to an allotment of the shares (as
part of such units) as fully or partly paid bonus shares.”
F82	(4)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part III – Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(5)	Subsection (2) above applies where—
(a)	the offers referred to in section 99(6A) are made on or after the day on which
this Act is passed, and
(b)	before  the  offers  are  made,  units  comprising  shares  in  the  two  companies
concerned  were  offered  (whether  before  or  on  or  after  the  day  on  which  this
Act  is  passed)  in  circumstances  where  section  99(6A)  applied  without  the
amendment made by subsection (2) above.
(6)	Subsections (3) and (4) above apply where—
(a)	the shares referred to in section 99(6B) are issued on or after the day on which
this Act is passed, and
(b)	before they are issued, units comprising shares in the two companies concerned
were offered (whether before or on or after the day on which this Act is passed)
in circumstances where section 99(6A) applied without the amendment made
by subsection (2) above.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F82	S. 113(4)	 repealed (22.7.1999 with effect in relation to instruments executed on or after 6.2.2000) by
1999 c. 16	, s. 139	, Sch. 20 Pt. V(5)	 Note 1
Marginal Citations
M32	1986 c. 41	.
International organisations
114	International organisations.
(1)	In  section  126  of  the 	M33	Finance  Act  1984  (tax  exemptions  in  relation  to  designated
international organisations) in subsection (3) the following paragraph shall be inserted
after paragraph (c)—
“(d)	no  stamp  duty  reserve  tax  shall  be  chargeable  under  section  93
(depositary receipts) or 96 (clearance services) of the Finance Act 1986
in respect of the issue of securities by the organisation.”
(2)	Where an organisation or body is designated under section 126(1) or (4) before the day
on  which  this  Act  is  passed,  subsection  (1)  above  applies  in  relation  to  the  issue  of
securities by the organisation or body on or after that day.
(3)	Where an organisation or body is designated under section 126(1) or (4) on or after the
day on which this Act is passed, subsection (1) above applies in relation to the issue of
securities by the organisation or body after the designation.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M33	1984 c. 43	.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part IV – Miscellaneous and GeneralChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
59	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART	 IV
MISCELLANEOUS	 AND	 G	ENERAL
Ports levy
F83	115	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F83	Ss. 115-120	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, ss. 159(2)	, 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. XII
F84	116	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F84	Ss. 115-120	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, ss. 159(2)	, 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. XII
F85	117	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F85	Ss. 115-120	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, ss. 159(2)	, 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. XII
F86	118	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F86	Ss. 115-120	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, ss. 159(2)	, 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. XII
F87	119	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F87	Ss. 115-120	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, ss. 159(2)	, 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. XII
60	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part IV – Miscellaneous and General	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
F88	120	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F88	Ss. 115-120	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, ss. 159(2)	, 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. XII
Petroleum revenue tax
121	Limit on PRT repayment interest where loss carried back.
(1)	Schedule 2 to the 	M34	Oil Taxation Act 1975 (management and collection of PRT) shall
be amended as follows.
(2)	At the beginning of paragraph 16 (interest on repayments)
there shall be inserted the words 	“                    Subject to paragraph 17 below”	.
(3)	After that paragraph there shall be inserted the following paragraph—
“17	(1)	This paragraph applies where—
(a)	an  assessment  made  on  a  participator  for  a  chargeable  period  or  an
amendment  of  such  an  assessment  (in  this  paragraph  referred  to  as
“the  relevant  assessment  or  amendment”)  gives  effect  to  relief  under
subsection (2) or subsection (3) of section 7 of this Act for one or more
allowable losses accruing in a later chargeable period (in this paragraph
referred to, in relation to the relevant assessment or amendment, as “the
relief for losses carried back”); and
(b)	the later chargeable period referred to in paragraph (a) above ends after
30th June 1991; and
(c)	an amount of tax becomes repayable to the participator by virtue of the
relevant assessment or amendment (whether wholly or partly by reason
of giving effect to the relief for losses carried back).
(2)	In the following provisions of this paragraph, so much of the repayment of tax
referred  to  in  sub-paragraph  (1)(c)  above  as  is  attributable  to  giving  effect  to
the relief for losses carried back is referred to as “the appropriate repayment”.
(3)	For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  amount  of  the  appropriate  repayment  in
a  case  where  the  relevant  assessment  or  amendment  not  only  gives  effect  to
the  relief  for  losses  carried  back  but  also  takes  account  of  any  other  matter
(whether a relief or not) which goes to reduce the assessable profit of the period
in question or otherwise to reduce the tax payable for that period, the amount
of the repayment which is attributable to the relief for losses carried back is the
difference between—
(a)	the total amount of tax repayable by virtue of the relevant assessment
or amendment; and
(b)	the amount of tax (if any) which would have been so repayable if no
account had been taken of the relief for losses carried back.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part IV – Miscellaneous and GeneralChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
61	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(4)	Where  this  paragraph  applies,  the  amount  of  interest  which,  by  virtue  of
paragraph 16 above, is carried by the appropriate repayment shall not exceed
the difference between—
(a)	85  per  cent.  of  the  allowable  loss  or  losses  referred  to  in  sub-
paragraph (1)(a) above; and
(b)	the amount of the appropriate repayment.”
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M34	1975 c. 22	.
122	Variation, on account of fraudulent or negligent conduct, of decision on
expenditure claim etc.
(1)	In the 	M35	Oil Taxation Act 1975, in Schedule 5 (allowance of certain expenditure on a
claim by the responsible person) paragraph 9 (variation of decision on a claim where the
amount of expenditure allowed etc. was incorrectly stated in the notice of the decision)
shall be amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (4) below.
(2)	After sub-paragraph (1) there shall be inserted the following sub-paragraphs—
“(1A)	In any case falling within sub-paragraph (1B)
below, sub-paragraph (1) above shall have effect—
(a)	with  the  substitution  for  the  words  “within  the  period  of  three  years
commencing with” of the words “at any time after”; and
(b)	with the omission of the words “before the expiry of that period”.
(1B)	The cases referred to in sub-paragraph (1A)
above are those where—
(a)	the  incorrect  statement  of  the  relevant  amount  in  the  notice  of  the
decision mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) above was an over-statement
of that amount; and
(b)	that over-statement was, in whole or in part, referable to an error in a
statement or declaration made in connection with the claim; and
(c)	at least one of the conditions in sub-paragraph (1C) below is fulfilled
with respect to that error.
(1C)	The conditions referred to in sub-paragraph (1B)(c)
above are—
(a)	that the error was attributable, in whole or in part, to the fraudulent or
negligent conduct of the responsible person or a person acting on his
behalf;
(b)	that paragraph (a) above does not apply but, on the error coming to the
notice of the person by whom the statement or declaration was made
or  a  person  acting  on  his  behalf,  the  error  was  not  remedied  without
unreasonable delay; and
62	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part IV – Miscellaneous and General	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(c)	that  paragraph  (a)  above  does  not  apply  but,  on  the  error  coming  to
the  notice  of  any  person  who  subsequently  becomes  the  responsible
person, the error was not remedied without unreasonable delay.”
(3)	After sub-paragraph (2) there shall be inserted the following sub-paragraph—
“(2A)	In any case where—
(a)	the  relevant  amount  which  was  incorrectly  stated  is  a  part  of  any
expenditure falling within paragraph (c) of sub-paragraph (2) above (in
this sub-paragraph referred to as a “paragraph (c) amount”), and
(b)	under  sub-paragraph  (1B)(a)  above  the  question  arises  whether  the
incorrect statement was an over-statement,
that  question  shall  be  determined  by  comparing  the  total  amount  which,  in
accordance with the notice of decision containing the incorrect statement, was
brought into account under section 2(9)(b)(ii) of this Act with the total amount
which would have been so brought into account if the paragraph (c) amounts
stated in that notice had been correct”.
(4)	For sub-paragraph (11) there shall be substituted the following sub-paragraph—
“(11)	In a case falling within sub-paragraph (1B) above, this paragraph has effect in
relation to notices of decisions of the Board under paragraph 3 above whenever
given; and, in any other case, this paragraph has effect in relation to such notices
given after 15th March 1983.”
(5)	In the Table set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 6 to the 	M36	Oil Taxation Act 1975 (which
modifies Schedule 5 in its application to a claim under Schedule 6) in the second column
relating  to  paragraph  9  of  Schedule  5  there  shall  be  inserted— 	“                                        Omit
sub-paragraph (1C)(c).”
(6)	In  the  Table  set  out  in  paragraph  1(3)  of  Schedule  7  to  the 	M37	Oil  Taxation  Act  1975
(which modifies Schedule 5 in its application to Schedules 7 and 8), in the entry in the
second column relating to paragraph 9 of Schedule 5,—
(a)	at the beginning insert 	“                        In sub-paragraph (1C) omit paragraph (c)”	;
and
(b)	after “(b) and (c)” insert 	“                        omit sub-paragraph (2A)”	.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M35	1975 c. 22	.
M36	1975 c. 22	.
M37	1975 c. 22	.
Miscellaneous
F89	123	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part IV – Miscellaneous and GeneralChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
63	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F89	S. 123	 repealed (31.7.1998 – this repeal does not have effect in relation to gas levy for the year
1997/1998 or any previous year) by 	1998 c. 36	, s. 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. V(3)	 Note 1
124	Inheritance tax: restriction on power to require information.
(1)	In section 219 of the 	M38	Inheritance Tax Act 1984 (power to require information), after
subsection (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A)	A  notice  under  this  section  is  not  to  be  given  except  with  the  consent  of  a
Special  Commissioner  and  the  Commissioner  is  to  give  his  consent  only  on
being satisfied that in all the circumstances the Board are justified in proceeding
under this section.”
(2)	This section shall apply with respect to notices given on or after the day on which this
Act is passed.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M38	1984 c. 51	.
125	Information for tax authorities in other member States.
(1)	Subsections  (1)  to  (8)  and  (8C)  to  (9)  of  section  20  of  the 	M39	Taxes  Management  Act
1970  (powers  to  call  for  information  relevant  to  liability  to  income  tax,  corporation
tax or capital gains tax) shall have effect as if the references in those provisions to tax
liability included a reference to liability to a tax of a member State other than the United
Kingdom which is a tax on income or on capital for the purposes of the 	M40	Directive of
the Council of the European Communities dated 19th December 1977 No. 	77/799/EEC	.
(2)	In their application by virtue of subsection (1) above those provisions shall have effect
as if—
(a)	the  reference  in  section  20(7A)  to  any  provision  of  the  Taxes  Acts  were  a
reference to any provision of the law of the member State in accordance with
which the tax in question is charged,
(b)	the references in subsection (2) of section 20B to an appeal relating to tax were
references  to  an  appeal,  review  or  similar  proceedings  under  the  law  of  the
member State relating to the tax in question, and
(c)	the reference in subsection (6) of that section to believing that tax has or may
have been lost to the Crown were a reference to believing that the tax in question
has or may have been lost to the member State.
(3)	Section 219 of the Inheritance Tax Act 1984 (power to require information for purposes
of  that  Act)  shall  have  effect  as  if  the  reference  to  that  Act  in  subsection  (1)  of  that
section included a reference to any provision of the law of a member State other than
the United Kingdom in accordance with which there is charged any tax—
(a)	which is of a character similar to that of inheritance tax or is chargeable on or
by reference to death or gifts inter vivos, and
64	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part IV – Miscellaneous and General	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	in relation to which the Directive mentioned in subsection (1) above has effect
by virtue of any other Directive of the Council (whether adopted before or after
the passing of this Act) extending that Directive.
(4)	In its application by virtue of subsection (3) above section 219 shall have effect as if the
reference to income tax in subsection (2) of that section included a reference to any tax
of a member State other than the United Kingdom such as is mentioned in subsection (1)
above.
(5)	In section 77 of the 	M41	Finance Act 1978 (disclosure of information to tax authorities
of  member  States:  obligation  of  secrecy)  references  to  the  Directive  mentioned  in
subsection (1) above shall include a reference to that Directive as extended by any other
Directive of the Council (whether adopted before or after the passing of this Act) to any
taxes of a character similar to that of inheritance tax or chargeable on or by reference
to death or gifts inter vivos.
(6)	Subsections (1) and (2) above shall apply with respect to notices given on or after the
day on which this Act is passed, subsections (3) and (4) above shall apply with respect
to notices given on or after such day as the Treasury may by order made by statutory
instrument appoint and subsection (5) above shall come into force on that day.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M39	1970 c. 9	.
M40	O.J. No. L366/15.
M41	1978 c. 42	.
126	Pools payments for football ground improvements.
(1)	This  section  applies  to  any  payment  (including  a  payment  made  before  the  passing
of  this  Act)  which,  in  consequence  of  the  reduction  in  pool  betting  duty  effected  by
section 4 above, is made by a person liable to pay that duty in order to meet, directly
or indirectly, capital expenditure incurred (whether by the person to whom it is made
or any other person) in improving the safety or comfort of spectators at a ground to be
used for the playing of association football.
(2)	Where a person carrying on a trade makes a payment to which this section applies, the
payment may be deducted in computing for tax purposes the 	[F90	profits	] of the trade.
(3)	A payment to which this section applies shall not be regarded as an annual payment.
(4)	[F91	Section 532 of the Capital Allowances Act 2001	] shall not apply to expenditure of
the  kind  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  above  in  so  far  as  it  has  been  or  is  to  be  met,
directly or indirectly, out of a payment to which this section applies.
(5)	Where a payment to which this section applies is made to trustees, the sum received by
them and any assets representing it (but not any income or gains arising from them) shall
not be relevant property for the purposes of Chapter III of Part III of the 	M42	Inheritance
Tax Act 1984.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part IV – Miscellaneous and GeneralChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
65	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F90	Words in 	s. 126(2)	 substituted (31.7.1998) by 	1998 c. 36	, s. 46(3)(b)	, Sch. 7 para. 5
F91	Words in 	s. 126(4)	 substituted (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in 	s. 579(1)	 of the amending Act) by
2001 c. 2	, s. 578	, Sch. 2 para. 72
Marginal Citations
M42	1984 c. 51	.
127	Definition of “local authority” for certain tax purposes.
(1)	In the Taxes Act 1988 the following section shall be inserted after section 842—
“842A	Local authorities.
(1)	Except so far as the context otherwise requires, in the Tax Acts “local authority”
means—
(a)	in relation to England and Wales, an authority of a description specified
for the purposes of this paragraph,
(b)	in  relation  to  Scotland,  an  authority  of  a  description  specified  for  the
purposes of this paragraph, and
(c)	in relation to Northern Ireland, an authority of a description specified
for the purposes of this paragraph.
(2)	The  following  are  the  descriptions  of  authority  specified  for  the  purposes  of
paragraph (a) of subsection (1) above—
(a)	a charging authority for the purposes of the Local Government Finance
Act 1988;
(b)	a precepting authority for the purposes of that Act;
(c)	a body having power by virtue of regulations under section 74 of that
Act to issue a levy;
(d)	a body having power by virtue of regulations under section 75 of that
Act to issue a special levy;
(e)	a  combined  police  authority  established  by  an  amalgamation  scheme
under the Police Act 1964;
(f)	a  fire  authority  constituted  by  a  combination  scheme  under  the  Fire
Services Act 1947;
(g)	an authority having power to make or determine a rate.
(3)	The  following  are  the  descriptions  of  authority  specified  for  the  purposes  of
paragraph (b) of subsection (1) above—
(a)	a regional council;
(b)	an islands council;
(c)	a district council;
(d)	a  joint  board  or  committee  within  the  meaning  of  the  Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973;
(e)	an  authority  having  power  to  requisition  any  sum  from  an  authority
falling within any of paragraphs (a) to (c) above.
66	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part IV – Miscellaneous and General	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(4)	The  following  are  the  descriptions  of  authority  specified  for  the  purposes  of
paragraph (c) of subsection (1) above—
(a)	an authority having power to make or determine a rate;
(b)	an  authority  having  power  to  issue  a  precept,  requisition  or  other
demand for the payment of money to be raised out of a rate.
(5)	In  this  section  “rate”  means  a  rate  the  proceeds  of  which  are  applicable  for
public  local  purposes  and  which  is  leviable  by  reference  to  the  value  of  land
or other property.”
F92	(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	Schedule 18 to this Act (consequential amendments) shall have effect.
(4)	This section shall be deemed to have come into force on 1st April 1990.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F92	S. 127(2)	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, ss. 289	, 290	, Sch. 12	( with ss.60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras.
20, 22, 26(2), 27).
128	Repayment of fees and charges.
(1)	This section applies where at the beginning of the day on which this Act is passed—
(a)	an enactment confers power to make provision for payment of a fee or charge
(however described), and
(b)	sums paid in pursuance of provision made in exercise of the power are payable
into the Consolidated Fund.
(2)	Subject to subsection (3) below, the enactment shall be treated as also conferring power
to make provision about repayment of sums paid, or purported to be paid, in pursuance
of provision made in exercise of the power.
(3)	Subsection (2) above shall not apply if the fee or charge is one—
(a)	repayment of which is prohibited or regulated by an enactment, or
(b)	power to make provision about repayment of which is expressly conferred, or
expressly negatived, to any extent.
(4)	Without prejudice to the generality of the power conferred by virtue of subsection (2)
above, the provision which may be made by virtue of that subsection includes provision
—
(a)	that repayment shall be made only if a specified person is satisfied that specified
conditions are met or in other specified circumstances;
(b)	that repayment shall be made in part only;
(c)	that,  in  the  case  of  partial  repayment,  the  amount  repaid  shall  be  a  specified
sum or determined in a specified manner; and
(d)	for repayment of different amounts in different circumstances.
(5)	In  subsection  (4)  above  “specified”  means  specified  in  the  instrument  exercising  the
power.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)Part IV – Miscellaneous and GeneralChapter II – ManagementDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
67	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(6)	In  determining  for  the  purposes  of  this  section  whether  sums  are  payable  into  the
Consolidated Fund, section 3 of the 	M43	Government Trading Funds Act 1973 (payments
into a trading fund) shall be disregarded.
(7)	In  this  section  “enactment”  includes  Northern  Ireland  legislation  as  defined  in
section 24(5) of the 	M44	Interpretation Act 1978.
(8)	An Order in Council under paragraph 1(1)(b) of Schedule 1 to the 	M45	Northern Ireland
Act 1974 (legislation for Northern Ireland in the interim period) which states that it is
made only for purposes corresponding to those of this section—
(a)	shall  not  be  subject  to  sub-paragraphs  (4)  and  (5)  of  paragraph  1  of  that
Schedule (affirmative resolution of both Houses of Parliament); but
(b)	shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House.
Annotations:
Modifications etc. (not altering text)
C7	S. 128	 extended (16.7.1992) by 	Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48)	, s. 13(3)
S. 128	 extended (3.5.1994) by 	1994 c. 9	, s. 5	, Sch. 2 para. 28
S. 128	 amended (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 22	, ss. 58(2)	, 66(1)	 (with 	s. 57(4)	)
Marginal Citations
M43	1973 c. 63	.
M44	1978 c. 30	.
M45	1974 c. 28	.
129	Settlement of stock disputes by deputy registrars.
In section 5 of the 	M46	National Debt Act 1972 (settlement by Chief Registrar of friendly
societies of disputes as to holdings on National Savings Stock Register)—
(a)	in subsection (1), after the words “Chief Registrar of friendly societies” there
shall be inserted the words 	“                    or a deputy appointed by him”	,
(b)	in subsection (2), after the words “Chief Registrar” there shall be inserted the
words 	“                    or deputy”	,
(c)	in subsection (3)(a), after the words “Chief Registrar of friendly societies” there
shall be inserted the words 	“                    or a deputy appointed by him”	, and
(d)	subsection (3)(b) shall cease to have effect.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M46	1972 c. 65	.
130	Limit for local loans.
In section 4(1) of the 	M47	National Loans Act 1968 (which provides that the aggregate of
any commitments of the Public Works Loan Commissioners in respect of undertakings
to grant local loans and any amount outstanding in respect of the principal of such loans
shall not exceed £42,000 million or such other sum not exceeding £50,000 million as the
Treasury may specify by order) for the words “£42,000 million” and “£50,000 million”
68	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Part IV – Miscellaneous and General	Chapter II – Management	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
there shall be substituted respectively 	“                £55,000 million”	 and 	“                £70,000
million”	.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M47	1968 c. 13	.
General
131	Interpretation etc.
(1)	In this Act “the Taxes Act 1970” means the 	M48	Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1970
and “the Taxes Act 1988” means the 	M49	Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.
(2)	Chapter II of Part I of this Act shall be construed as one with the 	M50	Value Added Tax
Act 1983.
(3)	Part II of this Act, so far as it relates to capital gains tax, shall be construed as one with
the 	M51	Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M48	1970 c. 10	.
M49	1988 c. 1	.
M50	1983 c. 55	.
M51	1979 c. 14	.
132	Repeals.
The enactments specified in Schedule 19 to this Act (which include spent or unnecessary
enactments)  are  hereby  repealed  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  third  column  of  that
Schedule, but subject to any provision at the end of any Part of that Schedule.
133	Short title.
This Act may be cited as the Finance Act 1990.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 1 – Table of Rates of Duty on Wine and Made-WineDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
69	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)	S C H E D U L E S
SCHEDULE 1	Section 1.
TABLE	 OF	 R	ATES	 OF	 D	UTY	 ON	 W	INE	 AND	 M	ADE	-W	INE
Description of wine or made-wineRates of duty per hectolitre£Wine or made-wine of a strength not
exceeding 2 per cent.
11.03Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding 2
per cent. but not exceeding 3 per cent.
18.38Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding 3
per cent. but not exceeding 4 per cent.
25.73Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding 4
per cent. but not exceeding 5 per cent.
33.09Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding 5
per cent. but not exceeding 5.5 per cent.
40.44Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding
5.5 per cent. but not exceeding 15 per cent.
and not being sparkling
110.28Sparkling wine or sparkling made-wine of
a strength exceeding 5.5 per cent. but not
exceeding 15 per cent.
182.10Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding
15 per cent. but not exceeding 18 per cent.
190.20Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding
18 per cent. but not exceeding 22 per cent.
219.40Wine or made-wine of a strength exceeding
22 per cent.
219.40 plus £17.35 for every 1 per cent. or
part of 1 per cent. in excess of 22 per cent.
70	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 2 – Vehicles Excise Duty: Rates	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
SCHEDULE 2	Section 5.
VEHICLES	 EXCISE	 D	UTY	: R	ATES
F93	PART	 I
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F93	Sch. 2 Pt. I	 repealed (1.9.1994) by 	1994 c. 22	, ss. 65	, 66(1)	, Sch. 5 Pt. I	 (with 	s. 57(4)	, Sch. 4 para. 6	)
PART	 II
AMENDMENTS	 OF	 PART	 I OF	 SCHEDULE	 4 	TO	 THE	 1971 A	CT
F94	1	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F94	Sch.  2  Pt.  II  para.  1	  repealed  (1.9.1994)  by 	1994  c.  22	, ss.  65	, 66(1)	, Sch.  5  Pt.  I	  (with 	s.  57(4)	, Sch.  4
para. 6	)
F95	2	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F95	Sch.  2  Pt.  II  para.  2	  repealed  (1.9.1994)  by 	1994  c.  22	, ss.  65	, 66(1)	, Sch.  5  Pt.  I	  (with 	s.  57(4)	, Sch.  4
para. 6	)
F96	3	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F96	Sch. 2 Pt. II para. 3	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
F97	4	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F97	Sch. 2 Pt. II para. 4	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
F98	5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 2 – Vehicles Excise Duty: RatesDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
71	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F98	Sch. 2 Pt. II para. 5	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
6	F99	(1)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F100	(4)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F99	Sch. 2 Pt. II para. 6(1)-(3)	 repealed (3.5.1994) by 	1994 c. 9	, s. 258	, Sch. 26 Pt. I
F100	Sch. 2 Pt. II para. 6(4)	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
F101	7	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F101	Sch. 2 Pt. II para. 7	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
F102	8	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F102	Sch.  2  Pt.  II  para.  8	  repealed  (1.9.1994)  by 	1994  c.  22	, ss.  65	, 66(1)	, Sch.  5  Pt.  I	  (with 	s.  57(4)	, Sch.  4
para. 6	)
F103	9	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F103	Sch.  2  Pt.  II  para.  9	  repealed  (1.9.1994)  by 	1994  c.  22	, ss.  65	, 66(1)	, Sch.  5  Pt.  I	  (with 	s.  57(4)	, Sch.  4
para. 6	)
72	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 2 – Vehicles Excise Duty: Rates	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
F104	PART	 III
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F104	Sch. 2 Pt. III	 (paras. 10-11) repealed	(1.10.1991)	 by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 107:2)	, ss. 10	, 123	, Sch.
19 Pt.IV	; S.I. 1991/2021	, art.2	.
F105	10	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F105	Sch. 2 Pt. III	 (paras. 10-11) repealed	(1.10.1991)	 by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 107:2)	, ss. 10	, 123	, Sch.
19 Pt.IV	; S.I. 1991/2021	, art.2	.
F106	11	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F106	Sch. 2 Pt. III	 (paras. 10-11) repealed	(1.10.1991)	 by 	Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 107:2)	, ss. 10	, 123	, Sch.
19 Pt.IV	; S.I. 1991/2021	, art.2	.
F107	PART	 IV
TABLES	 SUBSTITUTED	 IN PART	 II 	OF	 SCHEDULE	 4 	TO	 THE	 1971 A	CT	 AND	 THE	 1972 A	CT
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F107	Sch. 2 Pt. IV	 repealed (8.11.1993) by 	S.I. 1993/2452	, art. 3	, Sch. 2	.
PROSPECTIVE
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 3 – Entry of Goods on ImportationDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
73	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
SCHEDULE 3	Section 7.
ENTRY	 OF	 G	OODS	 ON	 IMPORTATION
1	The 	M52	Customs and Excise Management Act 1979 shall be amended as follows.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M52	1979 c. 2	.
2	(1)	Section 37A (initial and supplementary entries) shall be amended as follows.
(2)	In subsection (1)(b), the word “may” shall be omitted.
(3)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (1)—
“(1A)	Without prejudice to section 37 above, a direction under that section may—
(a)	provide  that  where  the  importer  is  not  authorised  for  the  purposes
of this section but a person who is so authorised is appointed as his
agent for the purpose of entering the goods, the entry may consist of
an initial entry made by the person so appointed and a supplementary
entry so made; and
(b)	make  such  supplementary  provision  in  connection  with  entries
consisting  of  initial  and  supplementary  entries  made  as  mentioned
in paragraph (a) above as the Commissioners think fit.”
74	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 3 – Entry of Goods on Importation	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(4)	In subsection (2), for the words from the beginning to “unpaid duty,” there shall be
substituted the words—
“(2)	Where—
(a)	an initial entry made under subsection (1) above has been accepted
and the importer has given security by deposit of money or otherwise
to the satisfaction of the Commissioners for payment of the unpaid
duty, or
(b)	an initial entry made under subsection (1A) above has been accepted
and the person making the entry on the importer’s behalf has given
such security as is mentioned in paragraph (a) above,
the goods may”.
(5)	In  subsection  (3)  after  the  words  “initial  entry”  there  shall  be  inserted  the  words 	“
under subsection (1) above”	.
(6)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (3)—
“(3A)	A person who makes an initial entry under subsection (1A)
above  on  behalf  of  an  importer  shall  complete  the  entry  by  delivering  the
supplementary entry within such time as the Commissioners may direct.”
3	(1)	Section 37B (postponed entry) shall be amended as follows.
(2)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (1)—
“(1A)	The Commissioners may, if they think fit, direct that where—
(a)	such goods as may be specified in the direction are imported by an
importer who is not authorised for the purposes of this subsection;
(b)	a  person  who  is  authorised  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection  is
appointed as his agent for the purpose of entering the goods;
(c)	the  person  so  appointed  has  delivered  a  document  relating  to  the
goods  to  the  proper  officer,  in  such  form  and  manner,  containing
such  particulars  and  accompanied  by  such  documents  as  the
Commissioners may direct; and
(d)	the document has been accepted by the proper officer,
the  goods  may  be  delivered  before  an  entry  of  them  has  been  delivered  or
any duty chargeable in respect of them has been paid.”
(3)	The following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (3)—
“(3A)	The Commissioners may, if they think fit, direct that where—
(a)	such goods as may be specified in the direction are imported by an
importer who is not authorised for the purposes of this subsection;
(b)	a  person  who  is  authorised  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection  is
appointed as his agent for the purpose of entering the goods;
(c)	the  goods  have  been  removed  from  the  place  of  importation  to  a
place approved by the Commissioners for the clearance out of charge
of such goods; and
(d)	the  conditions  mentioned  in  subsection  (3B)  below  have  been
satisfied,
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 3 – Entry of Goods on ImportationDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
75	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
the  goods  may  be  delivered  before  an  entry  of  them  has  been  delivered  or
any duty chargeable in respect of them has been paid.
(3B)	The conditions are that—
(a)	on  the  arrival  of  the  goods  at  the  approved  place  the  person
appointed  as  the  agent  of  the  importer  for  the  purpose  of  entering
the  goods  delivers  to  the  proper  officer  a  notice  of  the  arrival  of
the  goods  in  such  form  and  containing  such  particulars  as  may  be
required by the directions;
(b)	within such time as may be so required the person appointed as the
agent  of  the  importer  for  the  purpose  of  entering  the  goods  enters
such particulars of the goods and such other information as may be
so required in a record maintained by him at such place as the proper
officer may require; and
(c)	the goods are kept secure in the approved place for such period as
may be required by the directions.”
(4)	In subsection (4), after “(3)(a)” there shall be inserted 	“ or (3B)(a)”	.
(5)	In subsection (5), for the words “this section” there shall be substituted the words 	“
subsection (1) or (2) above”	.
(6)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (5)—
“(5A)	No goods shall be delivered under subsection (1A)
or (3A) above unless the person appointed as the agent of the importer for
the  purpose  of  entering  the  goods  gives  security  by  deposit  of  money  or
otherwise  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Commissioners  for  the  payment  of  any
duty chargeable in respect of the goods which is unpaid.”
(7)	In subsection (6), for the words “this section” there shall be substituted the words 	“
subsection (1) or (2) above”	.
(8)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (6)—
“(6A)	Where goods of which no entry has been made have been delivered under
subsection  (1A)  or  (3A)  above,  the  person  appointed  as  the  agent  of  the
importer for the purpose of entering the goods shall deliver an entry of the
goods  under  section  37(1)  above  within  such  time  as  the  Commissioners
may direct.”
(9)	In subsection (7)—
(a)	in paragraph (a), after “(1)” there shall be inserted 	“ or (1A)”	; and
(b)	after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted the words 	“and
(c)	in the case of goods delivered by virtue of a direction under
subsection (3A) above, on the date on which particulars of
the goods were entered as mentioned in subsection (3B)(b)
above.”
4	(1)	Section 37C (provisions supplementary to sections 37A and 37B) shall be amended
as follows.
(2)	In subsection (1)(a)—
(a)	for the word “importer” there shall be substituted the word 	“ person”	; and
76	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 4 –	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	for  the  words  “or  (2)”  there  shall  be  substituted  the  words 	“  ,  (1A),  (2)  or
(3A)”	.
(3)	In  subsection  (1)(b),  for  the  word  “importer”  there  shall  be  substituted  the  word 	“
person”	.
(4)	In  subsection  (2)(a),  for  the  word  “importer”  there  shall  be  substituted  the  word 	“
person”	.
F108	SCHEDULE 4
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F108	Sch  4  repealed  (11.5.2001  with  effect  for  the  year  2002-03  and  for  subsequent  years  of  assessment)  by
2001 c. 9	, s. 110	, Sch. 33 Pt. 2(1)
SCHEDULE 5	Section 30.
BUILDING	 SOCIETIES	 AND	 D	EPOSIT	-T	AKERS
Introduction
1	The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as mentioned in paragraphs 2 to 14 below.
Building societies
2	(1)	Section 476 (building societies: regulations for payment of tax) shall cease to have
effect.
(2)	This  paragraph  shall  apply  as  regards  the  year  1991-92  and  subsequent  years  of
assessment.
3	(1)	Section  477  (investments  becoming  or  ceasing  to  be  relevant  building  society
investments) shall cease to have effect.
(2)	This paragraph shall apply as regards any time falling on or after 6th April 1991.
4	(1)	The following section shall be inserted immediately before section 478—
“477A	Building societies: regulations for deduction of tax.
(1)	The  Board  may  by  regulations  make  provision  with  respect  to  any  year  of
assessment requiring any building society—
(a)	in such cases as may be prescribed by the regulations to deduct out
of any dividend or interest paid or credited in the year in respect of
shares in, or deposits with or loans to, the society a sum representing
the amount of income tax on it, and
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 5 – Building Societies and Deposit-TakersDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
77	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	to account for and pay any amount required to be deducted by the
society by virtue of this subsection.
(2)	Regulations under subsection (1) above may—
(a)	make  provision  with  respect  to  the  furnishing  of  information  by
building  societies  or  their  investors,  including,  in  the  case  of
societies, the inspection of books, documents and other records on
behalf of the Board;
(b)	contain such incidental and consequential provisions as appear to the
Board to be appropriate, including provisions requiring the making
of returns.
(3)	For any year of assessment to which regulations under subsection (1) above
apply, dividends or interest payable in respect of shares in, or deposits with or
loans to, a building society shall be dealt with for the purposes of corporation
tax as follows—
(a)	in  computing  for  any  accounting  period  ending  in  the  year  of
assessment  the  income  of  the  society  from  the  trade  carried  on  by
it,  there  shall  be  allowed  as  a  deduction  the  actual  amount  paid  or
credited in the accounting period of any such dividends or interest,
together with any amount of income tax accounted for and paid by
the society in respect thereof;
(b)	no part of any such dividends or interest paid or credited in the year
of assessment shall be treated as a distribution of the society or as
franked investment income of any company resident in the United
Kingdom.
(4)	Subsection (3)(a) above shall apply to any terminal bonus paid by the society
under  a  certified  contractual  savings  scheme  as  if  it  were  a  dividend  on  a
share in the society.
(5)	Notwithstanding  anything  in  sections  64,  66  and  67,  for  any  year  of
assessment  to  which  regulations  under  subsection  (1)  above  apply  income
tax chargeable under Case III of Schedule D shall, in the case of any relevant
sum,  be  computed  on  the  full  amount  of  the  income  arising  in  the  year  of
assessment.
(6)	For the purposes of subsection (5) above a sum is relevant if it is a sum in
respect of which a liability to deduct income tax—
(a)	is imposed by regulations under subsection (1) above, or
(b)	would be so imposed if a certificate were not supplied, in accordance
with the regulations, to the effect that the person beneficially entitled
to  the  sum  is  unlikely  to  be  liable  to  pay  any  amount  by  way  of
income tax for the year of assessment in which the sum is paid.
(7)	Notwithstanding anything in sections 348 to 350, for any year of assessment
to which regulations under subsection (1) above apply income tax shall not
be deducted upon payment to the society of any interest on advances, being
interest payable in that year.
(8)	Subsection (7) above shall not apply to any payment of relevant loan interest
to which section 369 applies.
78	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 5 – Building Societies and Deposit-Takers	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(9)	In  this  section  “dividend”  has  the  meaning  given  by  regulations  under
subsection  (1)  above,  but  any  sum  which  is  paid  by  a  building  society  by
way of dividend and which is not paid under deduction of income tax shall
be treated for the purposes of Schedule D as paid by way of interest.”
(2)	This  paragraph  shall  apply  as  regards  the  year  1991-92  and  subsequent  years  of
assessment.
Deposit-takers
5	(1)	Section 479 (interest paid on deposits with banks etc.) shall cease to have effect.
(2)	This paragraph shall apply as regards interest paid or credited on or after 6th April
1991.
6	(1)	Section 480 (deposits becoming or ceasing to be composite rate deposits) shall cease
to have effect.
(2)	This paragraph shall apply as regards any time falling on or after 6th April 1991.
7	(1)	The following sections shall be inserted immediately before section 481—
“480A	Relevant deposits: deduction of tax from interest payments.
(1)	Any  deposit-taker  making  a  payment  of  interest  in  respect  of  a  relevant
deposit shall, on making the payment, deduct out of it a sum representing the
amount of income tax on it for the year of assessment in which the payment
is made.
(2)	Any  payment  of  interest  out  of  which  an  amount  is  deductible  under
subsection  (1)  above  shall  be  a  relevant  payment  for  the  purposes  of
Schedule 16 whether or not the deposit-taker making the payment is resident
in the United Kingdom.
(3)	Schedule  16  shall  apply  in  relation  to  any  payment  which  is  a  relevant
payment by virtue of subsection (2) above—
(a)	with the substitution for any reference to a company of a reference
to a deposit-taker,
(b)	as  if  paragraph  5  applied  only  in  relation  to  payments  received  by
the deposit-taker and falling to be taken into account in computing
his income chargeable to corporation tax, and
(c)	as if in paragraph 7 the reference to section 7(2) included a reference
to sections 11(3) and 349(1).
(4)	In relation to any deposit-taker who is not a company, Schedule 16 shall have
effect as if—
(a)	paragraph 5 were omitted, and
(b)	references  to  accounting  periods  were  references  to  periods  for
which the deposit-taker makes up his accounts.
(5)	For the purposes of this section, crediting interest shall be treated as paying it.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 5 – Building Societies and Deposit-TakersDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
79	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
480B	Relevant deposits: exception from section 480A.
(1)	The Board may by regulations provide that section 480A(1) shall not apply
as regards a payment of interest if such conditions as may be prescribed by
the regulations are fulfilled.
(2)	In particular, the regulations may include—
(a)	provision for a certificate to be supplied to the effect that the person
beneficially entitled to a payment is unlikely to be liable to pay any
amount by way of income tax for the year of assessment in which
the payment is made;
(b)	provision  for  the  certificate  to  be  supplied  by  that  person  or  such
other person as may be prescribed by the regulations;
(c)	provision about the time when, and the manner in which, a certificate
is to be supplied;
(d)	provision about the form and contents of a certificate.
(3)	Any provision included under subsection (2)(d) above may allow the Board
to make requirements, in such manner as they see fit, as to the matters there
mentioned.
(4)	For the purposes of this section, crediting interest shall be treated as paying it.
480C	Relevant deposits: computation of tax on interest.
Notwithstanding anything in sections 64, 66 and 67, income tax chargeable
under  Case  III  of  Schedule  D  on  interest  in  respect  of  a  relevant  deposit
shall  be  computed  on  the  full  amount  of  the  income  arising  in  the  year  of
assessment.”
(2)	This paragraph shall apply as regards interest paid or credited on or after 6th April
1991.
8	(1)	Section 481 (definitions of relevant deposit etc.) shall be amended as follows.
(2)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (1)—
“(1A)	In  this  section  “the  relevant  provisions”  also  means  sections  480A  and
480C.”
(3)	In subsection (2) the following shall be inserted after paragraph (c)—
“(ca)	any local authority;”and paragraphs (d) and (e) shall be omitted.
(4)	In subsection (6) after the word “sections” there shall be inserted the words 	“ 480A,
480C”	.
(5)	Sub-paragraph (3) above shall apply as regards interest paid or credited on or after
6th April 1991.
9	(1)	Section 482 (supplementary provisions) shall be amended as follows.
(2)	In  subsection  (6),  in  paragraph  (b)  of  the  definition  of  “qualifying  certificate  of
deposit” for the words “less than seven days” there shall be substituted the words 	“
more than five years”	.
80	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 5 – Building Societies and Deposit-Takers	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(3)	In subsection (6), the following paragraph shall be substituted for paragraph (a) of
the definition of “qualifying time deposit”—
“require  repayment  of  the  deposit  at  a  specified  time  falling  before  the
end of the period of five years beginning with the date on which the deposit
is made;”.
(4)	In subsection (11) the following shall be inserted after paragraph (a)—
“(aa)	with  respect  to  the  furnishing  of  information  by  depositors
or  deposit-takers,  including,  in  the  case  of  deposit-takers,  the
inspection of books, documents and other records on behalf of the
Board; and”.
(5)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (11)—
“(11A)	In  subsection  (11)(aa)  above  the  reference  to  depositors  is  to  persons  who
are appropriate persons (within the meaning given by subsection (6) above)
in relation to deposits.”
(6)	Sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) above shall apply as regards interest paid or credited on
or after 6th April 1991.
General
10	(1)	Section 349 (annual interest etc.) shall be amended as follows.
(2)	In subsection (3) after paragraph (d) there shall be inserted 	“or
(e)	to  any  dividend  or  interest  paid  or  credited  in  a  relevant  year  of
assessment  in  respect  of  shares  in,  or  deposits  with  or  loans  to,  a
building society; or
(f)	to any payment in respect of which a liability to deduct income tax
is imposed by section 480A(1); or
(g)	to any payment in respect of which a liability to deduct income tax
would  be  imposed  by  section  480A(1)  if  conditions  prescribed  by
regulations under section 480B were not fulfilled.”
(3)	The following subsection shall be inserted at the end—
“(4)	In subsection (3)(e) above—
“dividend” has the same meaning as in section 477A, and
“relevant  year  of  assessment”  means  a  year  of  assessment  to
which regulations under subsection (1) of that section apply.”
(4)	This paragraph shall apply as regards a payment made on or after 6th April 1991.
11	(1)	In  section  352(1)  (certificates  of  deduction  of  tax)  for  the  words  “or  687”  there
shall  be  substituted  the  words 	“  ,  480A  or  687  or  by  virtue  of  regulations  under
section 477A(1)”	.
(2)	This paragraph shall apply as regards a payment made on or after 6th April 1991.
12	(1)	In  section  483  (determination  of  reduced  rate  for  building  societies  and  composite
rate for banks etc.) subsections (1) to (3) and (5) shall cease to have effect.
(2)	This  paragraph  shall  apply  where  the  first  year  of  assessment  mentioned  in
section 483(1) is 1990-91 or a subsequent year of assessment.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 5 – Building Societies and Deposit-TakersDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
81	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
13	(1)	In section 686 (liability to additional rate tax of certain income of discretionary trusts)
subsection (5) shall cease to have effect.
(2)	This  paragraph  shall  apply  as  regards  a  sum  paid  or  credited  on  or  after  6th  April
1991.
14	(1)	In  section  687  (payments  under  discretionary  trusts)  in  subsection  (3)  the  words
following paragraph (i) shall cease to have effect.
(2)	This paragraph shall apply as regards an amount paid or credited on or after 6th April
1991.
Management
15	In the Table in section 98 of the 	M53	Taxes Management Act 1970 (penalties for failure
to  comply  with  notices  etc.)  there  shall  be  inserted  in  the  first  and  second  columns,
after the entry relating to regulations under section 476(1) of the Taxes Act 1988— 	“
regulations under section 477A(1);”	.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M53	1970 c. 9	.
Transitional provision
16	(1)	In its application to the year 1991-92, section 477A of the Taxes Act 1988 shall have
effect with the following modifications.
(2)	Regulations  under  subsection  (1)  may  also  require  any  building  society  to  account
for and pay, on transitional sums, an amount representing income tax calculated in
part at the basic rate for the year 1990-91 and in part at the reduced rate determined
for that year under section 483(1)(a) of the Taxes Act 1988.
(3)	In sub-paragraph (2) above the reference to transitional sums is to such sums paid or
credited after 28th February 1991 and before 6th April 1991 as may be determined
in accordance with the regulations.
(4)	In  subsection  (3)(a)  for  the  words  from  “actual”  to  the  end  of  the  paragraph  there
shall be substituted the words 	“ appropriate amount”	.
(5)	The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (3)—
“(3A)	In subsection (3)(a) above the reference to the appropriate amount is to the
actual amount paid or credited in the accounting period of any such dividends
or interest together with—
(a)	in  the  case  of  dividends  or  interest  paid  or  credited  in  the  year
1990-91,  any  amount  accounted  for  and  paid  by  the  society  in
respect thereof as representing income tax, and
(b)	in  the  case  of  dividends  or  interest  paid  or  credited  in  the  year
1991-92, any amount of income tax accounted for and paid by the
society in respect thereof.”
82	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
SCHEDULE 6	Section 41.
LIFE	 A	SSURANCE	: A	PPORTIONMENT	 OF	 INCOME	 ETC	.
1	(1)	Section 431 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.
(2)	In subsection (2)—
F109	(a)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(b)	there shall be inserted in the appropriate places in alphabetical order—
F110	“. . .”
““closing”  and  “opening”,  in  relation  to  a  period  of  account,  refer
respectively  to  the  position  at  the  end  and  at  the  beginning  of  the
period and, in relation to an accounting period, refer respectively to
the position at the end and at the beginning of the period of account
in which the accounting period falls;”
““closing  liabilities”  includes  liabilities  assumed  at  the  end  of  the
period  of  account  concerned  in  consequence  of  the  declaration  of
reversionary bonuses or a reduction in premiums;”
““industrial  assurance  business”  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the
Insurance Companies Act 1982;”
““investment reserve”, in relation to an insurance company, means
the  excess  of  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the  company’s  long  term
business fund over the liabilities of the long term business;”
““liabilities”,  in  relation  to  an  insurance  company,  means  the
liabilities  of  the  company  estimated  as  for  the  purposes  of  its
periodical  return  (excluding  any  that  have  fallen  due  or  been
reinsured  and  any  not  arising  under  or  in  connection  with  policies
or contracts effected as part of the company’s insurance business);”
F111	“. . .”
F112	“. . .”
““long  term  business  fund”  means  the  fund  maintained  by  an
insurance company in respect of its long term business or, where the
company carries on both ordinary long term business and industrial
assurance business, either or both (as the context may require) of the
two funds so maintained;”
““ordinary  long  term  business”  and  “ordinary  life  assurance
business” mean respectively long term business and life assurance
business that is not industrial assurance business;”
F113	“. . .”
““overseas  life  assurance  fund”  shall  be  construed  in  accordance
with Schedule 19AA;”
““value”, in relation to assets of an insurance company, means the
value  of  the  assets  as  taken  into  account  for  the  purposes  of  the
company’s periodical return;”
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.Document Generated: 2011-04-08
83	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
““with-profits  liabilities”  means  liabilities  in  respect  of  policies  or
contracts  under  which  the  policy  holders  or  annuitants  are  eligible
to participate in surplus;”.
F114	(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F109	Sch. 6 para. 1(2)(a)	 repealed (1.5.1995) by 	1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII
F110	Sch.  6  para.  1(2)(b)	:  Definition  of  “basic  life  assurance  business”  repealed  (1.5.1995  with  effect  in
accordance with 	Sch. 8 para. 57	 of the amending Act) by 	1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5)	 Note 2
F111	Sch. 6 para. 1(2)(b)	: Definition of “linked assets” repealed (1.5.1995 with effect in accordance with 	Sch.
8 para. 57	 of the amending Act) by 	1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5)	 Note 2
F112	Sch. 6 para. 1(2)(b)	: Definition of “long term business” repealed (1.12.2001) by 	S.I. 2001/3629	, art. 109	,
Sch.
F113	Sch.  6  para.  1(2)(b)	:  Definition  of  “overseas  life  assurance  business”  repealed  (1.5.1995  with  effect  in
accordance with 	Sch. 8 para. 55	 of the amending Act) by 	1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5)	 Note 1(with
Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))
F114	Sch.  6  para.  1(3)(4)	  repealed  (1.5.1995  with  effect  in  accordance  with 	Sch.  8  para.  57	  of  the  amending
Act ) by 	1995 c. 4	, s. 162	, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5)	 Note 2
2	After section 431 of the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be inserted—
“431A	Amendment of Chapter etc.
Where  it  is  expedient  to  do  so  in  consequence  of  the  exercise  of  any  power
under  the  Insurance  Companies  Act  1982,  the  Treasury  may  by  order  amend
the provisions of this Chapter and any other provision of the Tax Acts so far as
relating to insurance companies.”
F115	3	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F115	Sch. 6 para. 3	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1st
January 1996) by 	1996 c. 8	, s. 205	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(26)	 Note
4	After section 432 of that Act there shall be inserted—
“432A	Apportionment of income and gains.
(1)	This section has effect where—
(a)	an insurance company carries on in any period both ordinary long term
business  and  industrial  assurance  business,  or  life  assurance  business
and  other  long  term  business,  or  more  than  one  class  of  life  assurance
business, and
(b)	it is necessary for the purposes of the Corporation Tax Acts to determine
in relation to the period what parts of—
84	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(i)	income  arising  from  the  assets  of  the  company’s  long  term
business fund, or
(ii)	gains or losses accruing on the disposal of such assets,
are referable to any of the categories of business in question.
(2)	The classes of life assurance business referred to in subsection (1) above are—
(a)	pension business;
(b)	general annuity business;
(c)	overseas life assurance business; and
(d)	basic life assurance business.
(3)	Income  arising  from,  and  gains  or  losses  accruing  on  the  disposal  of,  assets
linked  solely  to  ordinary  long  term  business,  industrial  assurance  business,
life  assurance  business,  long  term  business  other  than  life  assurance  business,
pension  business  or  basic  life  assurance  business  shall  be  referable  to  the
category of business concerned.
(4)	Income arising from, and gains or losses accruing on the disposal of, assets of the
overseas life assurance fund (and no other assets) shall be referable to overseas
life assurance business.
(5)	There  shall  be  referable  to  any  category  of  business  (apart  from  overseas  life
assurance  business)  the  relevant  fraction  of  any  income,  gains  or  losses  not
directly referable to any of the appropriate categories of business.
(6)	For the purposes of subsection (5) above “the relevant fraction”, in relation to a
category of business, is the fraction of which—
(a)	the numerator is the aggregate of—
(i)	the mean of the opening and closing liabilities of the category,
reduced by the mean of the opening and closing values of any
assets directly referable to the category, and
(ii)	the  mean  of  the  appropriate  parts  of  the  opening  and  closing
amounts of the investment reserve; and
(b)	the denominator is the aggregate of—
(i)	the  mean  of  the  opening  and  closing  liabilities  of  the  long
term business, reduced by the mean of the opening and closing
values of any assets directly referable to any of the appropriate
categories of business, and
(ii)	the mean of the opening and closing amounts of the investment
reserve.
(7)	For the purposes of subsections (5) and (6) above—
(a)	references to appropriate categories of business—
(i)	where the category of business in question is ordinary long term
business or industrial assurance business, are references to those
categories of business;
(ii)	where  the  category  of  business  in  question  is  life  assurance
business  or  long  term  business  other  than  life  assurance
business, are references to those categories of business; and
(iii)	where the category of business in question is pension business,
general  annuity  business  or  basic  life  assurance  business,  are
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.Document Generated: 2011-04-08
85	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
references to pension business and basic life assurance business;
and
(b)	income, gains or losses are directly referable to a category of business
if referable to the category by virtue of subsection (3) above and assets
are  directly  referable  to  a  category  of  business  if  income  arising  from
the  assets  is,  and  gains  or  losses  accruing  on  the  disposal  of  the  assets
are, so referable.
(8)	In subsection (6) above “appropriate part”, in relation to the investment reserve,
means—
(a)	where all of the liabilities of the long term business are linked liabilities,
the part of that reserve which bears to the whole the same proportion as
the amount of the liabilities of the category of business in question bears
to the whole amount of the liabilities of the long term business,
(b)	where  any  of  the  liabilities  of  the  long  term  business  are  not  linked
liabilities  but  none  (or  none  but  an  insignificant  proportion)  are  with-
profits  liabilities,  the  part  of  that  reserve  which  bears  to  the  whole
the  same  proportion  as  the  amount  of  the  liabilities  of  the  category  of
business in question which are not linked liabilities bears to the whole
amount of the liabilities of the long term business which are not linked
liabilities, and
(c)	in  any  other  case,  the  part  of  that  reserve  which  bears  to  the  whole
the  same  proportion  as  the  amount  of  the  with-profits  liabilities  of  the
category of business in question bears to the whole amount of the with-
profits liabilities of the long term business;
and in this subsection “linked liabilities” means liabilities in respect of benefits
to be determined by reference to the value of linked assets.
(9)	Where the category of business in question is a class of life assurance business,
for the purposes of this section—
(a)	“liabilities”  does  not  include  liabilities  of  the  overseas  life  assurance
business; and
(b)	assets of the overseas life assurance fund and liabilities of the overseas
life  assurance  business  shall  be  left  out  of  account  in  determining  the
investment reserve.
(10)	Subsection  (5)  above  shall  not  apply  in  relation  to  gains  or  losses  accruing  on
disposals  deemed  to  have  been  made  by  virtue  of  section  46  of  the  Finance
Act  1990  except  where  it  is  necessary  to  determine  what  parts  are  referable  to
different categories of business within subsection (3)(b) of that section (and shall
apply in that case subject to appropriate modifications).
432B	Apportionment of receipts brought into account.
(1)	This  section  and  sections  432C  to  432E  have  effect  where  it  is  necessary  in
accordance with section 83 of the Finance Act 1989 to determine what parts of
any items brought into account in the revenue account prepared for the purposes
of the Insurance Companies Act 1982 are referable to life assurance business or
any class of life assurance business.
(2)	Where  in  addition  to  the  revenue  account  prepared  for  the  purposes  of  the
Insurance Companies Act 1982 in respect of the whole of any business carried on
by a company there are prepared for the purposes of that Act revenue accounts
86	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
relating  to  parts  of  the  business,  amounts  referred  to  in  sections  432C  to  432E
shall, so far as they relate to those parts, be ascertained by reference to the latter
accounts rather than by reference to the former.
(3)	Sections  432C  and  432D  apply  where  the  business  with  which  an  account  is
concerned  (“the  relevant  business”)  relates  exclusively  to  policies  or  contracts
under  which  the  policy  holders  or  annuitants  are  not  eligible  to  participate  in
surplus; and section 432E applies where the relevant business relates wholly or
partly to other policies or contracts.
432C	Section 432B apportionment: income of non-participating funds.
(1)	To  the  extent  that  the  amount  brought  into  account  as  income  is  attributable
to assets linked solely to life assurance business, pension business or basic life
assurance business, it shall be referable to the category of business concerned.
(2)	To  the  extent  that  that  amount  is  attributable  to  assets  of  the  overseas  life
assurance fund, it shall be referable to overseas life assurance business.
(3)	There  shall  be  referable  to  any  category  of  business  (apart  from  overseas  life
assurance business) the relevant fraction of so much of the amount brought into
account as income as is not directly referable to any of the appropriate categories
of business.
(4)	For the purposes of subsection (3) above “the relevant fraction”, in relation to a
category of business, is the fraction of which—
(a)	the  numerator  is  the  mean  of  the  opening  and  closing  liabilities  of  the
relevant business so far as referable to the category, reduced by the mean
of the opening and closing values of any assets of the relevant business
directly referable to the category; and
(b)	the  denominator  is  the  mean  of  the  opening  and  closing  liabilities  of
the relevant business, reduced by the mean of the opening and closing
values of any assets of the relevant business directly referable to any of
the appropriate categories of business.
(5)	For the purposes of subsections (3) and (4) above—
(a)	references to appropriate categories of business—
(i)	where  the  category  of  business  in  question  is  life  assurance
business,  are  references  to  that  category  of  business  and  long
term business other than life assurance business; and
(ii)	where the category of business in question is pension business,
general  annuity  business  or  basic  life  assurance  business,  are
references to pension business and basic life assurance business;
and
(b)	the part of the amount brought into account as income which is directly
referable  to  a  category  of  business  is  the  part  referable  to  the  category
by  virtue  of  subsection  (1)  above  and  assets  are  directly  referable  to  a
category of business if such part of the amount brought into account as
income as is attributable to them is so referable.
(6)	Where the category of business in question is a class of life assurance business,
for  the  purposes  of  this  section  “liabilities”  does  not  include  liabilities  of  the
overseas life assurance business.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.Document Generated: 2011-04-08
87	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
432D	Section 432B apportionment: value of non-participating funds.
(1)	To the extent that the amount brought into account as the increase or decrease in
the value of assets is attributable to assets linked solely to life assurance business,
pension  business  or  basic  life  assurance  business,  or  to  assets  of  the  overseas
life assurance fund which are linked solely to overseas life assurance business,
it shall be referable to the category of business concerned.
(2)	There shall be referable to any category of business the relevant fraction of the
amount  brought  into  account  as  the  increase  or  decrease  in  the  value  of  assets
except so far as the amount is attributable to assets which are directly referable
to any of the appropriate categories of business.
(3)	Subsections (4) and (5) (but not (6)) of section 432C shall apply for the purposes
of this section as if—
(a)	each of the references to a subsection of that section were a reference to
the corresponding subsection of this section, and
(b)	in subsection (5)—
(i)	a  reference  to  overseas  life  assurance  business  were  included
after each of the references to pension business in paragraph (a)
(ii), and
(ii)	each  of  the  references  in  paragraph  (b)  to  income  were  a
reference to the increase or decrease in the value of assets.
432E	Section 432B apportionment: participating funds.
(1)	The part of the net amount of the items referred to in subsection (1) of section 83
of  the  Finance  Act  1989  (that  is  to  say  the  income  referred  to  in  paragraph  (a)
of that subsection increased or reduced by the increase or reduction in the value
referred to in paragraph (b)) which is referable to a particular category of business
shall be—
(a)	the amount determined in accordance with subsection (2) below, or
(b)	the amount determined in accordance with subsection (3) below,
whichever is the greater.
(2)	For the purposes of subsection (1) above there shall be determined the amount
which is such as to secure—
(a)	in a case where the relevant business is mutual business, that
(b)	in any other case, that
88	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
where—
S is the surplus of the relevant business;
AS is so much of that surplus as is allocated to persons entitled to
the benefits provided for by the policies or contracts to which the
relevant business relates;
CAS  is  so  much  of  the  surplus  so  allocated  as  is  attributable  to
policies or contracts of the category of business concerned; and
CS  is  so  much  of  the  surplus  of  the  relevant  business  as  would
remain  if  the  relevant  business  were  confined  to  business  of  the
category concerned.
(3)	For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (1)  above  there  shall  also  be  determined  the
aggregate of—
(a)	the  applicable  percentage  of  what  is  left  of  the  mean  of  the  opening
and closing liabilities of the relevant business so far as referable to the
category of business concerned after deducting from it the mean of the
opening and closing values of any assets of the relevant business linked
solely to that category of business, and
(b)	the  part  of  the  net  amount  mentioned  in  subsection  (1)  above  that  is
attributable to assets linked solely to that category of business.
(4)	For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (3)  above  “the  applicable  percentage”,  in  any
case, is such percentage as may be determined for that case by or in accordance
with an order made by the Treasury.
(5)	Where  the  part  of  the  net  amount  referable  to  a  particular  category  or
categories of business (“the subsection (3) category or categories”) is the amount
determined in accordance with subsection (3) above, the amount determined in
accordance  with  subsection  (2)  above  in  relation  to  any  other  category  (“the
relevant category”) shall be reduced by—
where—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.Document Generated: 2011-04-08
89	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
X is the excess of the amount determined in accordance with subsection (3)
above in the case of the subsection (3) category (or each of them) over the
amount determined in its case (or the case of each of them) in accordance
with subsection (2) above;
Y is so much of the surplus of the relevant business as is allocated to persons
entitled to the benefits provided for by policies or contracts of the relevant
category; and
Z is so much of the surplus of the relevant business as is allocated to persons
entitled to the benefits provided for by policies or contracts of the category
(or each of the categories) which is not a subsection (3) category.
(6)	Where the category of business concerned is overseas life assurance business—
(a)	if  the  part  of  the  income  brought  into  account  that  is  attributable  to
assets of the overseas life assurance fund not linked solely to overseas
life  assurance  business  is  greater  than  the  amount  arrived  at  under
subsection  (3)(a)  above,  this  section  shall  have  effect  as  if  that  part  of
that income were the amount so arrived at; and
(b)	the  amount  which,  apart  from  this  paragraph,  would  be  the  part  of  the
net amount referable to that category of business shall be—
(i)	reduced by the part of the net amount attributable to distributions
of companies resident in the United Kingdom relating to assets
of the company’s overseas life assurance fund, and
(ii)	increased  by  the  amount  which  is  income  of  the  relevant
business by virtue of section 441A.”
F116	5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F116	Sch. 6 para. 5	 repealed (31.7.1997 with effect in accordance with the provisions of 	Sch. 3	 of the amending
Act) by 	1997 c. 58	, s. 52	, Sch. 8 Pt. II(6)	 Note (with s. 3(3))
F117	6	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F117	Sch.  6  para.  6	  repealed	(for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  01.01.1992)	  by 	Finance  Act  1991
(c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 123	, Sch. 19 Pt.V	 Note 3.
7	In section 439 of that Act, for the words from the beginning to “1982;” in subsection (5)
there shall be substituted—
“(1)	For the purposes of this Chapter restricted government securities shall be treated
as linked solely to pension business.
(2)	In this section”.
8	For section 440 of that Act there shall be substituted—
90	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
“440	Transfers of assets etc.
(1)	If  at  any  time  an  asset  (or  a  part  of  an  asset)  held  by  an  insurance  company
ceases  to  be  within  one  of  the  categories  set  out  in  subsection  (4)  below  and
comes within another of those categories, the company shall for the purposes of
corporation tax be deemed to have disposed of and immediately re-acquired the
asset (or part) for a consideration equal to its market value at that time.
(2)	Where—
(a)	an asset is acquired by a company as part of the transfer to it of the whole
or  part  of  the  business  of  an  insurance  company  (“the  transferor”)  in
accordance with a scheme sanctioned by a court under section 49 of the
Insurance Companies Act 1982, and
(b)	the  asset  (or  part  of  it)  is  within  one  of  the  categories  set  out  in
subsection  (4)  below  immediately  before  the  acquisition  and  is  within
another of those categories immediately afterwards,
the  transferor  shall  for  the  purposes  of  corporation  tax  be  deemed  to  have
disposed of and immediately re-acquired the asset (or part) immediately before
the acquisition for a consideration equal to its market value at that time.
(3)	Where, apart from this subsection, section 273 or 274 of the 1970 Act (transfers
within a group) would apply to a disposal or acquisition by an insurance company
of an asset (or part of an asset) which, immediately before the disposal or (as the
case may be) immediately after the acquisition, is within one of the categories set
out in paragraphs (a) to (d) of subsection (4) below, that section shall not apply
to the disposal or acquisition.
(4)	The categories referred to in subsections (1) to (3) above are—
(a)	assets linked solely to basic life assurance business;
(b)	assets linked solely to pension business;
(c)	assets of the overseas life assurance fund;
(d)	assets  of  the  long  term  business  fund  not  within  any  of  the  preceding
paragraphs;
(e)	other assets.
(5)	In this section “market value” has the same meaning as in the 1979 Act.
440A	Securities.
(1)	Subsection (2) below applies where the assets of an insurance company include
securities of a class all of which would apart from this section be regarded for
the purposes of corporation tax on chargeable gains as one holding.
(2)	Where this subsection applies—
(a)	so many of the securities as are identified in the company’s records as
securities by reference to the value of which there are to be determined
benefits  provided  for  under  policies  the  effecting  of  all  (or  all  but  an
insignificant  proportion)  of  which  constitutes  the  carrying  on  of  basic
life assurance business shall be treated for the purposes of corporation
tax as a separate holding linked solely to that business,
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.Document Generated: 2011-04-08
91	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	so many of the securities as are identified in the company’s records as
securities by reference to the value of which there are to be determined
benefits  provided  for  under  contracts  the  effecting  of  all  (or  all  but  an
insignificant proportion) of which constitutes the carrying on of pension
business shall be treated for those purposes as a separate holding linked
solely to that business,
(c)	so many of the securities as are included in the overseas life assurance
fund shall be treated for those purposes as a separate holding which is
an asset of that fund,
(d)	so  many  of  the  securities  as  are  included  in  the  company’s  long  term
business  fund  but  do  not  fall  within  any  of  the  preceding  paragraphs
shall  be  treated  for  those  purposes  as  a  separate  holding  which  is  an
asset of that fund (but not of any of the descriptions mentioned in those
paragraphs), and
(e)	any remaining securities shall be treated for those purposes as a separate
holding  which  is  not  of  any  of  the  descriptions  mentioned  in  the
preceding paragraphs.
(3)	Subsection  (2)  above  also  applies  where  the  assets  of  an  insurance  company
include securities of a class and apart from this section some of them would be
regarded  as  a  1982  holding,  and  the  rest  as  a  new  holding,  for  the  purposes  of
corporation tax on chargeable gains.
(4)	In a case within subsection (3) above—
(a)	the  reference  in  any  paragraph  of  subsection  (2)  above  to  a  separate
holding shall be construed, where necessary, as a reference to a separate
1982 holding and a separate new holding, and
(b)	the  questions  whether  such  a  construction  is  necessary  in  the  case  of
any  paragraph  and,  if  it  is,  how  many  securities  falling  within  the
paragraph  constitute  each  of  the  two  holdings  shall  be  determined  in
accordance  with  paragraph  12  of  Schedule  6  to  the  Finance  Act  1990
and the identification rules applying on any subsequent acquisitions and
disposals.
(5)	Section 66 of the 1979 Act shall have effect where subsection (2) above applies as
if securities regarded as included in different holdings by virtue of that subsection
were securities of different kinds.
(6)	In this section—
“1982  holding”  has  the  meaning  given  by  Part  II  of  Schedule  19  to
the Finance Act 1985;
“new holding” has the meaning given by Part III of that Schedule; and
“securities” has the same meaning as in section 65 of the 1979 Act.”
9	(1)	In section 724 of the Taxes Act 1988, after subsection (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A)	If  at  any  time  securities  held  by  an  insurance  company  cease  to  be  within
one  of  the  categories  set  out  in  section  440(4)  and  come  within  another  of
those categories, the company shall be treated for the purposes of sections
710 to 728 as transferring the securities to itself at that time.”
(2)	In section 711(6) of that Act, for the words “or 722(1) or (2)” there shall be substituted
the words 	“ , 722(1) or (2) or 724(1A)”	.
92	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(3)	In section 712(4) of that Act, for the words “and 722” there shall be substituted the
words 	“ , 722 and 724(1A)”	.
F118	10	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F118	Sch. 6 para. 10	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss.60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
11	(1)	Paragraph 9 above shall be deemed to have come into force on 24th May 1990 but,
subject to that,—
(a)	in  so  far  as  it  relates  to  determinations  of  profits  in  accordance  with
section 83 of the 	M54	Finance Act 1989, this Schedule shall apply in relation
to  any  period  for  which  such  a  determination  falls  to  be  made,  other  than
a  period  for  which  it  falls  to  be  made  only  by  virtue  of  an  election  under
section 83(5) of the Finance Act 1989, and
(b)	in so far as it relates to section 432A of the Taxes Act 1988, this Schedule
shall apply to income arising, and disposals occurring, on or after 1st January
1990.
(2)	Subject to sub-paragraph (1) above, this Schedule shall be deemed to have come into
force on 1st January 1990.
(3)	The preceding provisions of this paragraph shall have effect subject to paragraph 12
below.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M54	1989 c. 26	.
12	(1)	Where at the end of 1989 the assets of an insurance company include securities of a
class some of which are regarded as a single 1982 holding, and the rest of which are
regarded as a single new holding, for the purposes of corporation tax on chargeable
gains—
(a)	at the beginning of 1990 there shall be both a 1982 holding and a new holding
of  the  description  mentioned  in  any  paragraph  of  section  440A(2)  of  the
Taxes Act 1988 within which any of the securities fall at that time (whether
or not there would be apart from this sub-paragraph), and
(b)	the 1982 holding and the new holding of the description mentioned in any
such paragraph shall at that time bear to one another the same proportions
as the single 1982 holding and the single new holding at the end of 1989.
(2)	For the period beginning with 1st January 1990 and ending with 19th March 1990,
section 440(4) of the Taxes Act 1988 (as substituted by paragraph 8 of this Schedule)
and section 440A(2) of that Act shall have effect with the omission of paragraph (d)
(so that all assets not within paragraphs (a) to (c) fall within paragraph (e)).
(3)	Sub-paragraph (4) below applies where—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 6 – Life Assurance: Apportionment of Income etc.Document Generated: 2011-04-08
93	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	at the end of 19th March 1990 the assets of an insurance company include
securities of a class some of which are regarded as a relevant 1982 holding,
and others of which are regarded as a relevant new holding, for the purposes
of corporation tax on chargeable gains, and
(b)	some of the securities are included in the company’s long term business fund
but others are not;
and for the purposes of this sub-paragraph a holding is a “relevant” holding if it is
not linked to pension business or basic life assurance business and is not an asset of
the overseas life assurance fund.
(4)	Where this sub-paragraph applies—
(a)	at the beginning of 20th March 1990 there shall be both a 1982 holding and
a new holding of each of the descriptions mentioned in paragraphs (d) and
(e)  of  section  440A(2)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (whether  or  not  there  would
be apart from this sub-paragraph), and
(b)	the 1982 holding and the new holding of each of those descriptions shall at
that time bear to one another the same proportions as the 1982 holding and
the new holding mentioned in sub-paragraph (3)(a) above at the end of 19th
March 1990.
(5)	Except  for  the  purposes  of  determining  the  assets  of  a  company  which  are  linked
solely to basic life assurance business, the amendments made by this Schedule shall
have effect in relation to a company with the omission of references to overseas life
assurance business as respects any time before the provisions of Schedule 7 to this
Act have effect in relation to the company.
(6)	Sub-paragraph (7) below applies where—
(a)	the  first  accounting  period  of  an  insurance  company  beginning  on  or  after
1st January 1990 begins after 20th March 1990,
(b)	at some time during the accounting period the company carries on overseas
life assurance business, and
(c)	immediately before the beginning of the accounting period the assets of the
long term business fund of the company include both a relevant 1982 holding
and a relevant new holding of securities of the same class;
and for the purposes of this sub-paragraph a holding is a “relevant” holding if it is
not linked to pension business or basic life assurance business.
(7)	Where this sub-paragraph applies—
(a)	at the beginning of the accounting period there shall be both a 1982 holding
and a new holding of each of the descriptions mentioned in paragraphs (c)
and (d) of section 440A(2) of the Taxes Act 1988 (whether or not there would
be apart from this sub-paragraph), and
(b)	the  1982  holding  and  the  new  holding  of  each  of  those  descriptions  shall
at  that  time  bear  to  one  another  the  same  proportions  as  the  1982  holding
and the new holding mentioned in sub-paragraph (6)(c) above immediately
before the beginning of the period.
(8)	No  disposal  or  re-acquisition  shall  be  deemed  to  occur  by  virtue  of  section  440  of
the Taxes Act 1988 (as substituted by paragraph 8 of this Schedule) by reason only
of the coming into force (in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11 of this
Schedule and this paragraph) of any provision of section 440A of that Act.
(9)	The substitution made by paragraph 8 of this Schedule shall not affect—
94	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 7 – Overseas Life Assurance Business	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	the  operation  of  section  440  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988  (as  it  has  effect  before
the substitution) before 20th March 1990, or
(b)	the operation of subsections (6) and (7) of that section (as they have effect
before the substitution) in relation to the disposal of an asset which has not
been deemed to be disposed of by virtue of section 440 (as it has effect after
the substitution) before the time of the disposal.
(10)	In this paragraph—
“1982  holding”  has  the  meaning  given  by  Part  II  of  Schedule  19  to  the	M55	Finance Act 1985;
“new holding” has the meaning given by Part III of that Schedule; and
“securities” has the same meaning as in section 65 of the 	M56	Capital Gains
Tax Act 1979.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M55	1985 c. 54	.
M56	1979 c. 14	.
SCHEDULE 7	Section 42.
OVERSEAS	 LIFE	 A	SSURANCE	 B	USINESS
1	In  section  76(1)(d)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988,  for  the  words  “or  pension  business”  there
shall be substituted the words 	“ , pension business or overseas life assurance business”	.
2	In  section  231(1)  of  that  Act,  for  the  words  “and  247”  there  shall  be  substituted  the
words 	“ , 247 and 441A”	.
3	For section 441 of that Act there shall be substituted—
“441	Overseas life assurance business.
(1)	This  section  and  section  441A  shall  apply  for  an  accounting  period  of  an
insurance  company  resident  in  the  United  Kingdom  if  during  the  period  the
company carries on overseas life assurance business.
(2)	Subject to the provisions of this section and section 441A, profits arising to the
company  from  the  overseas  life  assurance  business  shall  be  treated  as  income
within Schedule D, and be chargeable under Case VI of that Schedule, and for
that purpose—
(a)	that business shall be treated separately, and
(b)	subject  to  paragraph  (a)  above,  the  profits  from  it  shall  be  computed
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  applicable  to  Case  I  of
Schedule D.
(3)	Subsection (2) above shall not apply if the company is charged to corporation tax
in accordance with the provisions applicable to Case I of Schedule D in respect
of the profits of its life assurance business.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 7 – Overseas Life Assurance BusinessDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
95	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(4)	In making the computation referred to in subsection (2) above—
(a)	sections 82(1), (2) and (4) and 83 of the Finance Act 1989 shall apply
with the necessary modifications and in particular with the omission of
the words “tax or” in section 82(1)(a), and
(b)	there may be set off against the profits any loss, to be computed on the
same basis as the profits, which has arisen from overseas life assurance
business  in  any  previous  accounting  period  beginning  on  or  after  1st
January 1990.
(5)	Section  396  shall  not  be  taken  to  apply  to  a  loss  incurred  by  a  company  on
overseas life assurance business.
(6)	Nothing in section 128 or 399(1) shall affect the operation of this section.
(7)	Notwithstanding  section  337(2),  there  shall  be  deductible  in  computing  the
profits arising to a company from overseas life assurance business—
(a)	interest  payable  by  the  company  under  a  liability  of  the  long  term
business, so far as referable to overseas life assurance business, and
(b)	annuities payable by the company, so far as so referable.
(8)	Gains  accruing  on  the  disposal  by  a  company  of  assets  of  its  overseas  life
assurance fund shall not be chargeable gains.
441A	Section 441: distributions.
(1)	Section 208 shall not apply to a distribution in respect of any asset of an insurance
company’s overseas life assurance fund.
(2)	Subject to subsection (3) below, an insurance company shall not be entitled under
section 231 to a tax credit in respect of such a distribution.
(3)	A company shall be entitled to such a tax credit if and to the extent that, were the
recipient  an  individual  resident  in  the  territory  in  which  the  relevant  branch  or
agency is situated, he would be entitled to the credit under arrangements having
effect by virtue of section 788.
(4)	For  the  purposes  of  subsection  (3)  above  the  relevant  branch  or  agency,  in  the
case of a tax credit in respect of a distribution, is—
(a)	where  the  relevant  asset  is  linked  solely  to  overseas  life  assurance
business—
(i)	the  branch  or  agency  at  or  through  which  the  company  has
effected policies or contracts the benefits under which are to be
determined by reference to the value of the asset, or
(ii)	in a case where there is more than one such branch or agency,
the  branches  to  which  different  parts  of  it  are  allocated  by  the
company in accordance with subsection (5) below;
(b)	subject  to  paragraph  (a)  above,  where  the  management  of  the  relevant
asset is under the control of a person whose normal place of work is at
a branch or agency, that branch or agency; and
(c)	in  any  other  case,  the  branch  or  agency  to  which  it  is  allocated  by  the
company.
96	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Schedule 19AA – Overseas Life Assurance Fund	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(5)	Where  policies  or  contracts  the  benefits  under  which  are  to  be  determined  by
reference  to  the  value  of  an  asset  within  subsection  (4)(a)  above  have  been
effected  at  or  through  more  than  one  branch  or  agency,  different  parts  of  the
asset  shall  be  allocated  to  them  so  as  to  secure  as  far  as  practicable  that  the
part allocated to each is proportionate to the part of the liabilities in respect of
those benefits represented by liabilities under policies or contracts effected at or
through it.
(6)	Where the overseas life assurance business carried on at or through a branch or
agency in a territory includes—
(a)	reinsurance business which consists of the reinsurance of liabilities of a
person resident in another territory, or
(b)	retrocession business,
the  amount  of  any  tax  credit  in  relation  to  which  the  branch  or  agency  is  the
relevant branch or agency shall be reduced by the proportion which the liabilities
of that reinsurance business bear to all the liabilities of the overseas life assurance
business carried on at or through the branch or agency.
(7)	Where a company is entitled to an amount of tax credit by virtue of this section
the company may claim to have that amount paid to it.
(8)	No franked investment income shall be used under Chapter V of Part VI of this
Act  to  frank  a  company’s  distributions  if  the  tax  credit  (or  any  part  of  the  tax
credit) comprised in it is payable to the company under subsection (7) above.”
4	In section 724 of that Act—
(a)	in  subsection  (3),  for  the  words  after  “insurance  company”  there  shall  be
substituted  the  words 	“  to  the  extent  that  the  securities  transferred  are
immediately before the transfer referable to a business the profits of which are
computed in accordance with section 436 or 441.”	, and
(b)	in subsection (4), for the words after “apply”, in the first place where it occurs,
there shall be substituted the words 	“ if the transferee is an insurance company
to  the  extent  that  the  securities  transferred  are  immediately  after  the  transfer
referable  to  a  business  the  profits  of  which  are  computed  in  accordance  with
section 436 or 441.”
F119	5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F119	Sch. 6 para. 5	 repealed (31.7.1997 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Sch. 3 to the amending
Act) by 	1997 c. 58	, s. 52	, Sch. 8 Pt. II(6)	(with s. 3(3)
6	After Schedule 19 to the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be inserted—
“SCHEDULE 19AA	Section 431.
OVERSEAS	 LIFE	 A	SSURANCE	 FUND
1	(1)	This Schedule shall have effect for determining for the purposes of this Chapter
the assets of a company which are the assets of its overseas life assurance fund.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 7 – Overseas Life Assurance BusinessDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
97	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(2)	The  Treasury  may  by  order  amend  any  of  the  following  provisions  of  this
Schedule.
2	(1)	Assets of a company at the end of a period of account which—
(a)	were  assets  of  the  overseas  life  assurance  fund  at  the  end  of  the
immediately preceding period of account, and
(b)	are assets of the long term business fund of the company throughout the
period,
shall be assets of the overseas life assurance fund throughout the period.
(2)	Where  in  a  period  of  account  assets  of  a  company  which  were  assets  of  the
overseas life assurance fund at the end of the immediately preceding period of
account are disposed of by the company, or otherwise cease to be assets of the
long term business fund of the company, they shall be assets of the overseas life
assurance fund from the beginning of the period until they are disposed of or, as
the case may be, they cease to be assets of the long term business fund.
(3)	Where—
(a)	in any period of account assets are acquired by a company as assets of
the long term business fund, or otherwise become assets of that fund,
(b)	the assets are disposed of by the company, or otherwise cease to be assets
of that fund, later in the same period,
(c)	throughout  the  part  of  the  period  during  which  the  assets  are  assets  of
the long term business fund they are either—
(i)	linked  solely  to  the  overseas  life  assurance  business  of  the
company, or
(ii)	assets within paragraph 5(5)(c) below, and
(d)	it  is  appropriate  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances  (including  a
comparison  between  the  relationship  of  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the
overseas  life  assurance  fund  and  the  liabilities  of  the  overseas  life
assurance  business  and  that  of  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the  long  term
business  fund  and  the  liabilities  of  the  company’s  long  term  business)
that they be assets of the overseas life assurance fund,
they shall be assets of the overseas life assurance fund for the part of the period
during which they are assets of the long term business fund.
3	(1)	Where the value of the assets mentioned in paragraph 2(1) above at the end of
the  period  is  less  than  the  amount  mentioned  in  paragraph  4  below  (or  where
there are no assets within paragraph 2(1)), assets which—
(a)	are assets of the long term business fund of the company at the end of
the period,
(b)	have a value at that time equal to the difference (or to that amount), and
(c)	are designated in accordance with paragraph 5 below,
shall become assets of the overseas life assurance fund at the relevant time.
(2)	In sub-paragraph (1) above “the relevant time” means—
(a)	where  the  asset  is  not  an  asset  of  the  long  term  business  fund  of  the
company throughout the period, the time when it became such an asset,
and
(b)	in any other case, the end of the period.
98	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 7 – Overseas Life Assurance Business	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(3)	Where the value of the assets mentioned in paragraph 2(1) above at the end of
the  period  is  greater  than  the  amount  mentioned  in  paragraph  4  below,  assets
which—
(a)	are assets of the long term business fund of the company at the end of
the period,
(b)	have a value at that time equal to the difference, and
(c)	are designated in accordance with paragraph 5 below,
shall cease to be assets of the overseas life assurance fund at the end of the period.
4	(1)	The amount referred to in paragraph 3 above is the aggregate of—
(a)	the  liabilities  of  the  company’s  overseas  life  assurance  business  at  the
end of the period of account, and
(b)	the appropriate part of the investment reserve at that time.
(2)	In  sub-paragraph  (1)(b)  above  the  “appropriate  part”,  in  relation  to  the
investment reserve, means—
(a)	where all of the liabilities of the long term business are linked liabilities,
the part of that reserve which bears to the whole the same proportion as
the amount of the liabilities of the overseas life assurance business bears
to the whole amount of the liabilities of the long term business,
(b)	where  any  of  the  liabilities  of  the  long  term  business  are  not  linked
liabilities  but  none  (or  none  but  an  insignificant  proportion)  are  with-
profits  liabilities,  the  part  of  that  reserve  which  bears  to  the  whole  the
same  proportion  as  the  amount  of  the  liabilities  of  the  overseas  life
assurance  business  which  are  not  linked  liabilities  bears  to  the  whole
amount of the liabilities of the long term business which are not linked
liabilities, and
(c)	in  any  other  case,  the  part  of  that  reserve  which  bears  to  the  whole
the  same  proportion  as  the  amount  of  the  with-profits  liabilities  of  the
overseas life assurance business bears to the whole amount of the with-
profits liabilities of the long term business;
and  in  this  sub-paragraph  “linked  liabilities”  means  liabilities  in  respect  of
benefits to be determined by reference to the value of linked assets.
5	(1)	Any designation of assets required for the purposes of paragraph 3 above shall
be  made  by  a  company  in  accordance  with  the  following  provisions  of  this
paragraph.
(2)	When designating assets for the purposes of paragraph 3(1) above, a company
shall  not  designate  an  asset  falling  within  any  paragraph  of  sub-paragraph  (5)
below  unless  it  designates  all  assets  falling  within  each  of  the  preceding
paragraphs of that sub-paragraph.
(3)	When designating assets for the purposes of paragraph 3(3) above, a company
shall  not  designate  an  asset  falling  within  any  paragraph  of  sub-paragraph  (5)
below  unless  it  designates  all  assets  falling  within  each  of  the  succeeding
paragraphs of that sub-paragraph.
(4)	When an asset falls within more than one paragraph of sub-paragraph (5) below,
it  shall  be  taken  for  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph  to  fall  only  within  the  first
of them.
(5)	The categories of assets referred to in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) above are—
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 7 – Overseas Life Assurance BusinessDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
99	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(a)	assets linked solely to overseas life assurance business;
(b)	so many of any assets denominated in an overseas currency, other than
any non-overseas linked assets, as have a value at the end of the period
not  exceeding  the  amount  of  the  company’s  liabilities  in  respect  of
benefits  expressed  in  that  currency  so  far  as  referable  to  overseas  life
assurance business;
(c)	assets the management of which is under the control of a person whose
normal place of work is at a branch or agency at or through which the
company carries on overseas life assurance business;
(d)	securities issued by the Treasury with a FOTRA condition and securities
to which section 581 of this Act applies;
(e)	assets not within paragraph (f) below;
(f)	shares in companies resident in the United Kingdom;
but assets linked solely to pension business or basic life assurance business are
not within any paragraph of this sub-paragraph (and may not be designated for
the purposes of paragraph 3 above).
(6)	For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5)(b) above assets are “non-overseas linked
assets” if they are linked assets and none of the policies or contracts providing for
the benefits concerned are policies or contracts the effecting of which constitutes
the carrying on of overseas life assurance business.
(7)	For  the  purposes  of  sub-paragraph  (5)(d)  above  securities  are  issued  with  a
FOTRA condition if—
(a)	they are issued with the condition that the interest on the securities shall
not be liable to income tax so long as it is shown, in a manner directed
by  the  Treasury,  that  the  securities  are  in  the  beneficial  ownership  of
persons who are not ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom, or
(b)	they  are  issued  with  the  condition  mentioned  in  section  22(1)  of
the  Finance  (No.2)  Act  1931  whether  or  not  modified  by  virtue  of
section 60(1) of the Finance Act 1940.”
F120	7	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F120	Sch. 7 para. 7	 repealed (1.5.1995 with effect in accordance with 	Sch. 8 para. 57	 of the amending Act) by
1995 c. 4	, s. 162 Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5)	 Note
F121	8	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F121	Sch.  7  para.  8	  repealed	(for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  01.01.1992)	  by 	Finance  Act  1991
(c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 123	, Sch. 19 Pt.V	 Note 3.
F122	9	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 8 –	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F122	Sch.  7  para.  9	  repealed  (22.3.2001  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  579(1)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
10	(1)	This Schedule shall apply for accounting periods beginning on or after 1st January
1990;  and  paragraph  9  above  shall  apply  for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or
after that date and ending on or before 5th April 1990 as well as for later accounting
periods.
(2)	In  relation  to  the  first  period  of  account  of  an  insurance  company  beginning  on  or
after 1st January 1990, the assets of the company which—
(a)	are  assets  of  the  long  term  business  fund  of  the  company  at  the  beginning
of the period,
(b)	have a value at that time equal to the amount mentioned in paragraph 4 of
Schedule 19AA to the Taxes Act 1988, and
(c)	are designated in accordance with paragraph 5 of that Schedule (on the same
basis  as  a  designation  required  for  the  purposes  of  paragraph  3(1)  of  that
Schedule),
shall be treated for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of paragraph 2 of that
Schedule as if they were the assets of the overseas life assurance fund at the end of
the immediately preceding period of account.
F123	SCHEDULE 8
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F123	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27) and subject to amendments (17.2.1995) by 	S.I. 1995/171	, reg. 4(2)	 and (10.8.1995) by 	S.I. 1992/1655	,
regs. 19A	, 19B	 (as inserted by 	S.I. 1995/1916	, reg. 9	 ))
General
F124	1	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F124	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27 and subject to an amendment (	10.8.1995	) by 	S.I. 1992/1655	, reg. 19A	 (as inserted (	10.8.1995	) by 	S.I.
1995/1916	, reg. 9	))
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 8 –Document Generated: 2011-04-08
101	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Exemption for certain linked assets
F125	2	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F125	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	, 27).
Replacement of assets
F126	3	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F126	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27 and subject to an amendment (	10.8.1995	) by 	S.I. 1992/1655	, reg. 19B	 (as inserted (	10.8.1995	) by 	S.I.
1995/1916	, reg. 9	))
F127	4	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F127	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	, 27).
F128	5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F128	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	, 27)
Supplementary
F129	6	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F129	Sch.  8	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	Taxation  of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27 and subject to an amendment (	17.2.1995	) by 	S.I. 1995/171	, reg. 4	)
102	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 9 – Insurance Companies: Transfers of Long Term Business	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
SCHEDULE 9	Section 48.
INSURANCE	 C	OMPANIES	: T	RANSFERS	 OF	 LONG	 TERM	 B	USINESS
Capital gains
F130	1	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F130	Sch. 9 para. 1	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
F131	2	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F131	Sch. 9 para. 2	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27)
Accounting periods
3	In section 12 of the Taxes Act 1988, after subsection (7) there shall be inserted—
“(7A)	Notwithstanding  anything  in  subsections  (1)  to  (7)  above,  where  there  is  a
transfer of the whole or part of the long term business of an insurance company
to  another  company  in  accordance  with  a  scheme  sanctioned  by  a  court  under
section  49  of  the  Insurance  Companies  Act  1982,  an  accounting  period  of  the
company  from  which  the  business  is  transferred  shall  end  with  the  day  of  the
transfer.”
Expenses of management and losses
4	The following section shall be inserted after section 444 of the Taxes Act 1988—
“444A	Transfers of business.
(1)	Subject  to  the  following  provisions  of  this  section,  this  section  applies  where
there is a transfer of the whole or part of the long term business of an insurance
company (“the transferor”) to another company (“the transferee”) in accordance
with a scheme sanctioned by a court under section 49 of the Insurance Companies
Act 1982.
(2)	Any expenses of management which (assuming the transferor had continued to
carry on the business transferred after the transfer) would have been deductible
by the transferor under sections 75 and 76 in computing profits for an accounting
period following the period which ends with the day on which the transfer takes
place  shall,  instead,  be  treated  as  expenses  of  management  of  the  transferee
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 9 – Insurance Companies: Transfers of Long Term BusinessDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
103	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(and  deductible  in  accordance  with  those  sections,  as  modified  in  the  case  of
acquisition expenses by section 86(6) to (9) of the Finance Act 1989 and in the
case of expenses to which subsection (6) or (7) of section 87 of that Act applies
by that subsection).
(3)	Any loss which (assuming the transferor had continued to carry on the business
transferred after the transfer)—
(a)	would have been available under section 436(3)(c) to be set off against
profits of the transferor for the accounting period following that which
ends with the day on which transfer takes place, or
(b)	where  in  connection  with  the  transfer  the  transferor  also  transfers  the
whole or part of any overseas life assurance business, would have been
so available under section 441(4)(b),
shall,  instead,  be  treated  as  a  loss  of  the  transferee  (and  available  to  be  set  off
against profits of the same class of business as that in which it arose).
(4)	Where  acquisition  expenses  are  treated  as  expenses  of  management  of  the
transferee by virtue of subsection (2) above, the amount deductible for the first
accounting period of the transferee ending after the transfer takes place shall be
calculated as if that accounting period began with the day after the transfer.
(5)	Where  the  transfer  is  of  part  only  of  the  transferor’s  long  term  business,
subsection (2) or (3) above shall apply only to such part of any amount to which
it would otherwise apply as is appropriate.
(6)	Any  question  arising  as  to  the  operation  of  subsection  (5)  above  shall  be
determined by the Special Commissioners who shall determine the question in
the same manner as they determine appeals; but both the transferor and transferee
shall be entitled to appear and be heard or to make representations in writing.
(7)	Subject to subsection (8) below, this section shall not apply unless the transfer
is effected for bona fide commercial reasons and does not form part of a scheme
or  arrangements  of  which  the  main  purpose,  or  one  of  the  main  purposes,  is
avoidance of liability to corporation tax.
(8)	Subsection  (7)  above  shall  not  affect  the  operation  of  this  section  in  any  case
where, before the transfer, the Board have, on the application of the transferee,
notified the transferee that the Board are satisfied that the transfer will be effected
for  bona  fide  commercial  reasons  and  will  not  form  part  of  any  scheme  or
arrangements  such  as  are  mentioned  in  that  subsection;  and  subsections  (2)  to
(5) of section 88 of the 1979 Act shall have effect in relation to this subsection
as they have effect in relation to subsection (1) of that section.”
Capital allowances
F132	5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F132	Sch.  9  para.  5	  repealed  (22.3.2001  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  579(1)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
104	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 10 –	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Transfer to friendly society
6	In section 460 of the Taxes Act 1988, after subsection (10) there shall be inserted—
“(10A)	Where at any time there is a transfer of the whole or part of the long term business
of  an  insurance  company  to  a  friendly  society  in  accordance  with  a  scheme
sanctioned  by  a  court  under  section  49  of  the  Insurance  Companies  Act  1982,
any life or endowment business which relates to contracts included in the transfer
shall not thereafter be tax exempt life or endowment business for the purposes
of this Chapter.”
Commencement
7	This Schedule shall apply to transfers of business taking place on or after 1st January
1990; and (subject to that) the amendment made by paragraph 5 of this Schedule shall
apply in relation to accounting periods ending on or before 5th April 1990 as well as
in relation to later accounting periods.
F133	SCHEDULE 10
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F133	Sch. 10	 repealed (29.4.1996 with effect in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II of 	Part IV	 of the
amending Act) by 	1996 c. 8	, ss. 104	, 205	, Sch. 14 para. 58	, Sch. 41 Pt. V(3)	 Note (with Sch. 15 para. 21)
PART	 I
INTRODUCTION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART	 II
CHARGE	 TO	 TAX
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART	 III
THE	 ISSUING	 C	OMPANY
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART	 IV
AMENDMENTS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 11 – European Economic Interest GroupingsDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
105	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART	 V
APPLICATION	 OF	 SCHEDULE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEDULE 11	Section 69.
EUROPEAN	 ECONOMIC	 INTEREST	 G	ROUPINGS
Taxation
1	After section 510 of the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be inserted—
“510A	European Economic Interest Groupings.
(1)	In  this  section  “grouping”  means  a  European  Economic  Interest  Grouping
formed  in  pursuance  of  Council  Regulation 	(EEC)  No.  2137/85	  of  25th  July
1985, whether registered in Great Britain, in Northern Ireland, or elsewhere.
(2)	Subject to the following provisions of this section, for the purposes of charging
tax in respect of income and gains a grouping shall be regarded as acting as the
agent of its members.
(3)	In accordance with subsection (2) above—
(a)	for  the  purposes  mentioned  in  that  subsection  the  activities  of  the
grouping  shall  be  regarded  as  those  of  its  members  acting  jointly  and
each member shall be regarded as having a share of its property, rights
and liabilities; and
(b)	for  the  purposes  of  charging  tax  in  respect  of  gains  a  person  shall
be  regarded  as  acquiring  or  disposing  of  a  share  of  the  assets  of  the
grouping not only where there is an acquisition or disposal of assets by
the grouping while he is a member of it, but also where he becomes or
ceases to be a member of a grouping or there is a change in his share of
the property of the grouping.
(4)	Subject  to  subsection  (5)  below,  for  the  purposes  of  this  section  a  member’s
share  of  any  property,  rights  or  liabilities  of  a  grouping  shall  be  determined  in
accordance with the contract under which the grouping is established.
(5)	Where the contract does not make provision as to the shares of members in the
property, rights or liabilities in question a member’s share shall be determined by
reference to the share of the profits of the grouping to which he is entitled under
the contract (and if the contract makes no provision as to that, the members shall
be regarded as having equal shares).
(6)	Subject to subsection (7) below, where any trade or profession is carried on by
a  grouping  it  shall  be  regarded  for  the  purposes  of  charging  tax  in  respect  of
income and gains as carried on in partnership by the members of the grouping.
(7)	Sections  111  and  114(4)  shall  not  apply  to  the  members  of  a  grouping  and
section 112 shall have effect in relation to the members of a grouping as if the
106	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 11 – European Economic Interest Groupings	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
second reference in subsection (2) to the firm were a reference to the members
and subsection (3) were omitted.
(8)	Notwithstanding subsection (7) above, where a trade or profession is carried on
by a grouping, the amount on which the members are chargeable to income tax
in respect of it shall be computed (but not assessed) jointly.”
Management
2	After section 12 of the 	M62	Taxes Management Act 1970 there shall be inserted—
“ European Economic Interest Groupings
12A	European Economic Interest Groupings.
(1)	In  this  section  “grouping”  means  a  European  Economic  Interest  Grouping
formed in pursuance of Council Regulation 	(EEC) No. 2137/85	 of 25th July 1985
(“the  Council  Regulation”),  whether  registered  in  Great  Britain,  in  Northern
Ireland, or elsewhere.
(2)	For  the  purposes  of  making  assessments  to  income  tax,  corporation  tax  and
capital  gains  tax  on  members  of  a  grouping,  an  inspector  may  act  under
subsection (3) or (4) below.
(3)	In  the  case  of  a  grouping  which  is  registered  in  Great  Britain  or  Northern
Ireland or has an establishment registered in Great Britain or Northern Ireland,
an inspector may by a notice given to the grouping require the grouping—
(a)	to make and deliver to the inspector within the time limited by the notice
a  return  containing  such  information  as  may  be  required  in  pursuance
of the notice, and
(b)	to  deliver  with  the  return  such  accounts  and  statements  as  may  be
required in pursuance of the notice.
(4)	In  the  case  of  any  other  grouping,  an  inspector  may  by  a  notice  given  to  any
member  of  the  grouping  resident  in  the  United  Kingdom,  or  if  none  is  to  any
member of the grouping, require the member—
(a)	to make and deliver to the inspector within the time limited by the notice
a  return  containing  such  information  as  may  be  required  in  pursuance
of the notice, and
(b)	to  deliver  with  the  return  such  accounts  and  statements  as  may  be
required in pursuance of the notice,
and  a  notice  may  be  given  to  any  one  of  the  members  concerned  or  separate
notices may be given to each of them or to such of them as the inspector thinks fit.
(5)	Every  return  under  this  section  shall  include  a  declaration  by  the  grouping  or
member making the return to the effect that the return is to the best of the maker’s
knowledge correct and complete.
(6)	A  notice  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements  for  different  periods,  in  relation  to  different  descriptions  of  income
or gains or in relation to different descriptions of member.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 11 – European Economic Interest GroupingsDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
107	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(7)	Notices  under  this  section  may  require  different  information,  accounts  and
statements in relation to different descriptions of grouping.
(8)	Subject  to  subsection  (9)  below,  where  a  notice  is  given  under  subsection  (3)
above,  everything  required  to  be  done  shall  be  done  by  the  grouping  acting
through its manager or, where there is more than one, any of them; but where the
manager of a grouping (or each of them) is a person other than an individual, the
grouping shall act through the individual, or any of the individuals, designated
in accordance with the Council Regulation as the representative of the manager
(or any of them).
(9)	Where  the  contract  for  the  formation  of  a  grouping  provides  that  the  grouping
shall  be  validly  bound  only  by  two  or  more  managers  acting  jointly,  any
declaration required by subsection (5) above to be included in a return made by
a grouping shall be given by the appropriate number of managers.”
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M62	1970 c. 9	.
3	(1)	After section 98A of the 	M63	Taxes Management Act 1970 there shall be inserted—
“98B	European Economic Interest Groupings.
(1)	In  this  section  “grouping”  means  a  European  Economic  Interest  Grouping
formed in pursuance of Council Regulation 	(EEC) No. 2137/85	 of 25th July
1985, whether registered in Great Britain, in Northern Ireland, or elsewhere.
(2)	Subject  to  subsections  (3)  and  (4)  below,  where  a  grouping  or  member  of
a  grouping  required  by  a  notice  given  under  section  12A  above  to  deliver
a return or other document fails to comply with the notice, the grouping or
member shall be liable—
(a)	to a penalty not exceeding £300; and
(b)	if the failure continues after a penalty is imposed under paragraph (a)
above, to a further penalty or penalties not exceeding £60 for each
day on which the failure continues after the day on which the penalty
under paragraph (a) above was imposed (but excluding any day for
which a penalty under this paragraph has already been imposed).
(3)	No penalty shall be imposed under subsection (2) above in respect of a failure
at any time after the failure has been remedied.
(4)	If  a  grouping  to  which,  or  member  to  whom,  a  notice  is  given  proves  that
there  was  no  income  or  chargeable  gain  to  be  included  in  the  return,  the
penalty under subsection (2) above shall not exceed £100.
(5)	Where  a  grouping  or  member  fraudulently  or  negligently  delivers  an
incorrect return, accounts or statement, or makes an incorrect declaration in a
return delivered, under section 12A above, the grouping or member shall be
liable to a penalty not exceeding £3000 multiplied by the number of members
of the grouping at the time of delivery.”
108	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 12 – Broadcasting: Transfer of Undertakings of Independent Broadcasting Authority and	Cable Authority	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(2)	In section 100(2) of that Act (penalties which are imposed by Commissioners), after
paragraph (d) there shall be inserted 	“or
(e)	section 98B(2)(a) above.”
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M63	1970 c. 9	.
4	(1)	At the end of section 36 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (extension of time for
assessment in case of fraudulent or negligent conduct), there shall be added—
“(4)	Any act or omission such as is mentioned in section 98B below on the part
of a grouping (as defined in that section) or member of a grouping shall be
deemed  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  (1)  above  to  be  the  act  or  omission
of each member of the grouping.”
(2)	At  the  end  of  section  40  of  that  Act  (extension  of  time  for  assessment  in  case  of
fraudulent or negligent conduct of person who has died), there shall be added—
“(4)	Any act or omission such as is mentioned in section 98B below on the part
of a grouping (as defined in that section) or member of a grouping shall be
deemed  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  (2)  above  to  be  the  act  or  omission
of each member of the grouping.”
Commencement
5	This Schedule shall be deemed to have come into force on 1st July 1989.
SCHEDULE 12	Section 80.
BROADCASTING	: T	RANSFER	 OF	 U	NDERTAKINGS	 OF	 INDEPENDENT
BROADCASTING	 A	UTHORITY	 AND	 C	ABLE	 A	UTHORITY
Transfer of IBA’s transmission activities to nominated company: corporation tax
1	(1)	Subject to sub-paragraph (2), the following provisions shall apply for the purposes
of the Corporation Tax Acts, namely—
(a)	the  part  of  the  trade  carried  on  by  the  IBA  which  is  transferred  to  the
nominated company under the Broadcasting Act 1990 (“the principal Act”)
shall  be  treated  as  having  been,  at  the  time  when  it  began  to  be  carried  on
by  the  IBA  and  at  all  times  since  that  time,  a  separate  trade  carried  on  by
that company;
(b)	the trade carried on by that company after the transfer date shall be treated
as the same trade as that which, by virtue of paragraph (a) above, it is treated
as having carried on before that date;
(c)	all property, rights and liabilities of the IBA which are transferred under the
principal  Act  to  that  company  shall  be  treated  as  having  been,  at  the  time
when they became vested in the IBA and at all times since that time, property,
rights and liabilities of that company; and
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 12 – Broadcasting: Transfer of Undertakings of Independent Broadcasting Authority andCable AuthorityDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
109	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(d)	anything  done  by  the  IBA  in  relation  to  any  such  property,  rights  and
liabilities as are mentioned in paragraph (c) above shall be deemed to have
been done by that company.
(2)	There shall be apportioned between the IBA and the nominated company—
(a)	the unallowed tax losses of the IBA, and
(b)	any  expenditure  which  they  have  incurred  before  the  transfer  date  and  by
reference to which capital allowances may be made,
in such manner as is just and reasonable having regard—
(i)	to the extent to which such losses and expenditure are attributable to the part
of the trade carried on by them which is transferred to that company under
the principal Act, and
(ii)	as  respects  the  apportionment  of  such  expenditure,  to  the  division  of  their
assets between the relevant transferees which is effected under that Act.
(3)	In this paragraph—
“the IBA’s final accounting period” means the last complete accounting
period of the IBA ending before the transfer date;
“unallowed  tax  losses”  means  losses,  allowances  or  amounts  which,  as
at  the  end  of  the  IBA’s  final  accounting  period,  are  tax  losses  within  the
meaning  given  by  section  400(2)  of  the  Taxes  Act  1988,  excluding  losses
which are allowable capital losses within the meaning of paragraph 6 below.
(4)	This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning after the
IBA’s final accounting period.
Transfer of IBA’s assets to Commission and Radio Authority: chargeable gains
2	(1)	For the purposes of the 	[F140	108 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992	] the
transfer under the principal Act of any asset from the IBA to the Commission or the
Radio Authority shall be deemed to be for a consideration such that no gain or loss
accrues to the IBA; and Schedule 	[F140	2] to that Act (assets held on 6th April 1965)
shall have effect in relation to an asset so transferred as if the acquisition or provision
of it by the IBA had been the acquisition or provision of it by the Commission or (as
the case may be) by the Authority.
F141	(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	Where the benefit of any debt in relation to which the IBA are, for the purposes of
section 	[F140	251 of the 1992	] Act (debts), the original creditor is transferred under the
principal Act to the Commission or the Radio Authority, the Commission or (as the
case may be) the Radio Authority shall be treated for those purposes as the original
creditor in relation to the debt in place of the IBA.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F140	Words  in 	Sch.  12  para.  2(1)(3)	  substituted  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the
substituting Act) by 	Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 10 para. 22(5)(a)	 (with
ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	).
110	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 12 – Broadcasting: Transfer of Undertakings of Independent Broadcasting Authority and	Cable Authority	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
F141	Sch.  12  para.  2(2)	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by
Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 ( with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3), Sch. 11 paras.
22, 26(2), 27).
Disposal by IBA of DBS assets to DBS programme contractor: chargeable gains
3	(1)	For the purposes of the 1979 Act the disposal under the principal Act of any relevant
asset  by  the  IBA  to  a  DBS  programme  contractor  shall  be  deemed  to  be  for  a
consideration such that no gain or loss accrues to the IBA.
(2)	In this paragraph—
(a)	“relevant  asset”  means  any  equipment  or  other  asset  (of  whatever
description) which has been used or held by the IBA in connection with the
transmission of DBS services; and
(b)	“DBS  programme  contractor”  and  “DBS  service”  have  the  meaning  given
by section 37(3) of the 	M64	Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M64	1984 c. 46	.
Transfer of Cable Authority’s assets to Commission: chargeable gains
4	For the purposes of the 	[F142	1992	] Act the transfer by the principal Act of any asset from
the Cable Authority the Commission shall be deemed to be for a consideration such that
no gain or loss accrues to that Authority.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F142	Words in 	Sch. 12 paras. 4-6	 substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the substituting
Act) by 	Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 10 para. 22(5)(b)	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	,
201(3)	).
Transfer of shares from Commission to Channel 4 company: chargeable gains
5	(1)	For  the  purposes  of  the 	[F143	1992	]  Act  the  transfer  by  the  principal  Act  of  shares
in  the  Channel  4  company  from  the  Commission  to  the  Channel  Four  Television
Corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  for  a  consideration  such  that  no  gain  or  loss
accrues to the Commission.
(2)	In sub-paragraph (1) “the Channel 4 company” means the body corporate referred to
in section 12(2) of the 	M65	Broadcasting Act 1981.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F143	Words in 	Sch. 12 paras. 4	, 5, 6 substituted (6.3.1992 as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the substituting Act) by
Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 10 para. 22(5)(b)	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	).
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 12 – Broadcasting: Transfer of Undertakings of Independent Broadcasting Authority andCable AuthorityDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
111	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Marginal Citations
M65	1981 c. 68	.
Apportionment of unallowed capital losses between relevant transferees
6	(1)	The unallowed capital losses of the IBA shall be apportioned between the relevant
transferees in such manner as is just and reasonable having regard to the purposes, or
principal purposes, for which the relevant assets were respectively used or held by
the IBA and the activities which are to be carried on by those transferees respectively
as from the transfer date.
(2)	Any unallowed capital losses of the IBA which are apportioned to one of the relevant
transferees  under  sub-paragraph  (1)  shall  be  treated  as  allowable  capital  losses
accruing to that transferee on the disposal of an asset on the transfer date.
(3)	In this paragraph—
“allowable  capital  losses”  means  losses  which  are  allowable  for  the
purposes of the 	[F144	1992	] Act;
“relevant assets”, in relation to unallowed capital losses of the IBA, means
the assets on whose disposal by the IBA those losses accrued;
“unallowed capital losses”, in relation to the IBA, means allowable capital
losses  which  have  accrued  to  the  IBA  before  the  transfer  date,  in  so  far  as
they have not been allowed as deductions from chargeable gains.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F144	Words in 	Sch. 12 paras. 4	, 5, 6 substituted (6.3.1992 as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the substituting Act) by
Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 10 para. 22(5)(b)	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	).
Roll-over relief in connection with nominated company
7	Where  the  IBA  have  before  the  transfer  date  disposed  of  (or  of  their  interest  in)  any
assets  used,  throughout  the  period  of  ownership,  wholly  or  partly  for  the  purposes  of
the  part  of  their  trade  transferred  to  the  nominated  company  under  the  principal  Act,
sections 	[F145	152  to  156  of  the  1992	]  Act  (roll-over  relief  on  replacement  of  business
assets)  shall  have  effect  in  relation  to  that  disposal  as  if  the  IBA  and  the  nominated
company were the same person.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F145	Words in 	Sch. 12 paras. 7	 substituted (6.3.1992 as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the substituting Act) by
Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 10 para. 22(5)(c)	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	).
Disputes as to apportionments etc.
8	(1)	This  paragraph  applies  where  any  apportionment  or  other  matter  arising  under  the
foregoing provisions of this Schedule appears to be material as respects the liability
to tax (for whatever period) of two or more relevant transferees.
112	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 12 – Broadcasting: Transfer of Undertakings of Independent Broadcasting Authority and	Cable Authority	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(2)	Any question which arises as to the manner in which the apportionment is to be made
or the matter is to be dealt with shall be determined, for the purposes of the tax of
both or all of the relevant transferees concerned—
(a)	in a case where the same body of General Commissioners have jurisdiction
with  respect  to  both  or  all  of  those  transferees,  by  those  Commissioners,
unless  those  transferees  agree  that  it  shall  be  determined  by  the  Special
Commissioners;
(b)	in  a  case  where  different  bodies  of  Commissioners  have  jurisdiction  with
respect to those transferees, by such of those bodies as the Board may direct,
unless  those  transferees  agree  that  it  shall  be  determined  by  the  Special
Commissioners; and
(c)	in any other case, by the Special Commissioners.
(3)	The  Commissioners  by  whom  the  question  falls  to  be  determined  shall  make  the
determination  in  like  manner  as  if  it  were  an  appeal  except  that  both  or  all  of
the  relevant  transferees  concerned  shall  be  entitled  to  appear  and  be  heard  by  the
Commissioners or to make representations to them in writing.
Securities of nominated company
9	(1)	Any share issued by the nominated company to the Secretary of State in pursuance
of the principal Act shall be treated for the purposes of the Corporation Tax Acts as
if it had been issued wholly in consideration of a subscription paid to that company
of an amount equal to the nominal value of the share.
(2)	Any  debenture  issued  by  the  nominated  company  to  the  Secretary  of  State  in
pursuance  of  the  principal  Act  shall  be  treated  for  the  purposes  of  the  Corporation
Tax Acts as if it had been issued—
(a)	wholly in consideration of a loan made to that company of an amount equal
to the principal sum payable under the debenture; and
(b)	wholly  and  exclusively  for  the  purposes  of  the  trade  carried  on  by  that
company.
Interpretation
10	(1)	In this Schedule—
[F146	 “the 1992 Act	” means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992	]
“the Commission” means the Independent Television Commission;
“the IBA” means the Independent Broadcasting Authority;
“the nominated company” and “the transfer date” have the same meaning
as  in  the  provisions  of  the  principal  Act  relating  to  the  transfer  of  the
undertakings of the IBA and the Cable Authority;
“the principal Act” means the Broadcasting Act 1990;
“the  relevant  transferees”  means  the  Commission,  the  Radio  Authority
and the nominated company.
(2)	References  in  this  Schedule  to  things  transferred  under  the  principal  Act  are
references to things transferred in accordance with a scheme made under that Act.
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 13 – Capital Allowances: Miscellaneous AmendmentsDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
113	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F146	Definition  in  Sch.  12  para.  10  substituted  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the
substituting Act) by 	Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch. 10 para. 22(5)(d)	 (with
ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	).
SCHEDULE 13	Section 88.
CAPITAL	 A	LLOWANCES	: M	ISCELLANEOUS	 A	MENDMENTS
Hotels in enterprise zones: initial allowances
F147	1	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F147	Sch. 13 paras. 1-6	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
Scientific research allowance: writing off of expenditure
F148	2	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F148	Sch. 13 paras. 1-6	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
Disposal value of machinery or plant after succession to trade
F149	3	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F149	Sch. 13 paras. 1-6	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
Non-resident companies: use of allowances
F150	4	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 14 – Amendments Correcting Errors in the Taxes Act 1988	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F150	Sch. 13 paras. 1-6	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 680	, Sch. 4
Contributions: machinery and plant
F151	5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F151	Sch. 13 paras. 1-6	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
Sale of machinery or plant
F152	6	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F152	Sch. 13 paras. 1-6	 repealed (22.3.2001 with effect as mentioned in s. 579(1) of the repealing Act) by 	2001
c. 2	, s. 580	, Sch. 4
Assured tenancies allowance
7	(1)	In section 832(1) of the Taxes Act 1988, in the definition of “the Capital Allowances
Acts”, the words “, but excluding Part III of that Act” shall be omitted.
(2)	This  paragraph  shall  apply  for  chargeable  periods  beginning  on  or  after  6th  April
1990.
SCHEDULE 14	Section 89.
AMENDMENTS	 C	ORRECTING	 ERRORS	 IN THE	 TAXES	 A	CT	 1988
PART	 I
AMENDMENTS	 OF	 THE	 TAXES	 A	CT	 1988
1	The Taxes Act 1988 shall have effect, and shall be deemed always to have had effect,
subject to the amendments made by this Part of this Schedule.
2	In section 37(1)—
F153	(a)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 14 – Amendments Correcting Errors in the Taxes Act 1988Document Generated: 2011-04-08
115	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
(b)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(c)	for  the  words  “the  amount  of  that  tax”  there  shall  be  substituted  the  words 	“
that amount”	.
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F153	Sch.  14  para.  2(a)(b)	  repealed  (31.7.1998  with  effect  in  accordance  with  section  38(2)  and  (3)  of  the
amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, s. 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III(4)	 Note
3	In section 213(6), for “(3)(1)(a)” there shall be substituted 	“ (3)(a)”	.
4	(1)	In  sections  322(1)(a)  and  (2)  and  323(1),  after  the  words  “a  British  Dependent
Territories citizen” there shall be inserted the words 	“ , a British National (Overseas)”	.
(2)	In section 323(7), after the words “British Dependent Territories citizens” there shall
be inserted the words 	“ , British Nationals (Overseas)”	.
5	In section 326(2)(a), for the words from “12” to “1969” there shall be substituted the
words 	“ 11 of the 	M66	National Debt Act 1972”	.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M66	1972 c. 65	.
F154	6	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F154	Sch. 14 para. 6	 repealed (27.7.1999 with effect in relation to any payment of interest falling within 	s. 38(3)
(4)	 of the amending Act) by 	1999 c. 16	, s. 139	, Sch. 20 Pt. III(7)	 Note 4
F155	7	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F155	Sch.  14  para.  7	  repealed	(for  losses  incurred  in  accounting  periods  ending  on  or  after  01.04.1991)	  by
Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1)	, s. 123	, Sch. 19 Pt.V	 Note 4.
8	In  section  478(3),  for  the  words  “section  (2)”  there  shall  be  substituted  the  words 	“
subsection (2)”	.
9	In section 751(1)(a), for the words “the persons” there shall be substituted the word 	“
persons”	.
10	In section 757(7), before the words “the earliest date” there shall be inserted the words
“ any time on or after”	.
11	In section 761(1), for the words “and Schedule” there shall be substituted the words 	“
or Schedule”	.
116	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 14 – Amendments Correcting Errors in the Taxes Act 1988	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
F156	12	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F156	Sch. 14 para. 12	 repealed (31.7.1998 with effect as mentioned in s. 108(5) of the repealing Act) by 	1998
c. 36	, s. 165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III(25)	 Note
F157	13	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F157	Sch. 14 para. 13	 repealed (27.7.1999 with effect as mentioned in s. 91 of the repealing Act) by 	1999 c. 16	,
ss. 93	, 139	, Sch. 20 Pt. III(19)	 Note
PART	 II
AMENDMENTS	 OF	 O	THER	 ENACTMENTS
The Taxes Management Act 1970 (c. 9)
14	In section 31(3) of the Taxes Management Act 1970, for the words “Part XV or XVI”
there shall be substituted the words 	“ any of sections 660 to 685 and 695 to 702”	.
15	In section 98 of that Act, in the first column of the Table, in the entry relating to Schedule
9 to the Taxes Act 1988, for the words “paragraphs 6 and 25” there shall be substituted
the words 	“ paragraph 6”	.
The Oil Taxation Act 1975 (c. 22)
16	In paragraph 5(2) of Schedule 3 to the Oil Taxation Act 1975, for the words “section 17
of this Act” and the words “the said section 17” there shall be substituted the words 	“
section 500 of the Taxes Act”	.
The Capital Gains Tax Act 1979 (c. 14)
F158	17	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F158	Sch.  14  para.  17	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by
Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras.
22, 26(2)	, 27).
The Finance Act 1981 (c. 35)
F159	18	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 15 –Document Generated: 2011-04-08
117	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F159	Sch.  14  paras.  18	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by
Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras.
22, 26(2)	, 27).
Commencement
19	(1)	Subject to the following provisions of this paragraph, the amendments made by this
Part of this Schedule shall be treated for the purposes of their commencement as if
they had been made by the Taxes Act 1988.
F160	(2)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4)	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F160	Sch.  14  paras.  19(2)(3)(4)	  repealed  (6.3.1992  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  289  (1)(2)  of  the  repealing
Act) by 	Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch.
11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	, 27).
F161	SCHEDULE 15
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F161	Sch.  15	  repealed  (31.7.1998  with  effect  in  relation  to  accounting  periods  ending  on  or  after  the  self-
assessment appointed day within the meaning of 	section 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss. 117	,
165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III(28)	 Note
F162	SCHEDULE 16
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F162	Sch.  16	  repealed  (31.7.1998  with  effect  in  relation  to  accounting  periods  ending  on  or  after  the  self-
assessment appointed say within the meaning of 	section 117	 of the amending Act) by 	1998 c. 36	, ss. 117	,
165	, Sch. 27 Pt. III(28)	 Note
118	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 17 –	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
F163	SCHEDULE 17
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F163	Sch.  17	  repealed  (22.3.2001  with  effect  as  mentioned  in  s.  579(1)  of  the  repealing  Act)  by 	2001  c.  2	, s.
580	, Sch. 4
Introductory
1	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial buildings and structures
2	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and plant: general
3	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and plant: ships
7	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and plant: leased assets and inexpensive cars
9	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 18 – Definition of “Local Authority”Document Generated: 2011-04-08
119	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
13	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and plant: supplementary
14	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEDULE 18	Section 127.
DEFINITION	 OF	 “L	OCAL	 A	UTHORITY	”
1	In section 74(4) of the 	M68	Finance Act 1952 for “519” there shall be substituted 	“ 842A”	.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M68	1952 c. 33	.
2	Section 52 of the 	M69	Finance Act 1974 shall cease to have effect.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M69	1974 c. 30	.
F164	3	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annotations:
Amendments (Textual)
F164	Sch. 18 para. 3	 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289 (1)(2) of the repealing Act) by 	Taxation
of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12)	, s. 290	, Sch.12	 (with 	ss. 60	, 101(1)	, 201(3)	, Sch. 11 paras. 22	, 26(2)	,
27).
4	In section 272 of the 	M70	Inheritance Tax Act 1984, in the definition of “local authority”,
for “519” there shall be substituted 	“ 842A”	.
Annotations:
Marginal Citations
M70	1984 c. 51	.
5	(1)	The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.
(2)	Section 519(4) shall cease to have effect.
120	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALS	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
SCHEDULE 19	Section 132.
REPEALS
PART I
CUSTOMS AND EXCISE
PART II
VEHICLES EXCISE DUTY
PART III
VALUE ADDED TAX
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALSDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
121	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART IV
INCOME TAX, CORPORATION TAX AND CAPITAL GAINS TAX
122	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALS	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALSDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
123	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART V
MANAGEMENT
124	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALS	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALSDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
125	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART VI
STAMP DUTY
126	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALS	Document Generated: 2011-04-08
Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)SCHEDULE 19 – REPEALSDocument Generated: 2011-04-08
127	Status: 	This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.	Changes to legislation: 	There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk	editorial team to Finance Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the teamappear in the content and are referenced with annotations. (See end of Document for details)
PART VII
STAMP DUTY RESERVE TAX
PART VIII
NATIONAL SAVINGS
128	Finance Act 1990 (c. 29)	Document Generated: 2011-04-08	Status:
This version of this Act contains provisions that are prospective.
Changes to legislation:
There are outstanding changes not yet made by the legislation.gov.uk editorial team to Finance
Act 1990. Any changes that have already been made by the team appear in the content and are
referenced with annotations.
Changes and effects yet to be applied to the whole Act, associated Parts and
Chapters:
–	Act by 	2002 c. 23
–	S.I. 2003/88	 commences (2002 c. 23)
–	S.I. 2005/1523	 commences (1995 c. 4)
–	S.I. 2009/404	 commences (2008 c. 9)
–	S.I. 2010/867	 commences (2009 c. 10)
–	Act applied by 	2006 c. 36
–	Act inserted by 	2004 c. 12
–	Act inserted by 	2006 c. 25
–	Act inserted by 	2008 c. 9
–	Act omitted by 	2008 c. 9
–	Act omitted by 	2009 c. 10
–	Act omitted by 	S.I. 2009/2035
–	Act omitted by 	S.I. 2009/3054
–	Act repealed by 	2003 c. 1
–	Act repealed by 	2003 c. 14
–	Act repealed by 	2004 c. 12
–	Act repealed by 	2005 c. 22
–	Act repealed by 	2005 c. 5
–	Act repealed by 	2007 c. 11
–	Act repealed by 	2007 c. 3
–	Act repealed by 	2009 c. 4
–	Act repealed by 	2010 c. 4
–	Act repealed by 	2010 c. 8
–	Act repealed by 	S.I. 2009/3001
–	Act substituted by 	2005 c. 5
–	Act substituted for s. 108(1)-(6) by 	2003 c. 14
–	Act substituted for s. 25(5E)-(5G) by 	2005 c. 22
–	Act text amended by 	2003 c. 1
–	Act text amended by 	2003 c. 14
–	Act text amended by 	2004 c. 12
–	Act text amended by 	2005 c. 22
–	Act text amended by 	2005 c. 5
–	Act text amended by 	2006 c. 25
–	Act text amended by 	2007 c. 11
–	Act text amended by 	2007 c. 3
–	Act text amended by 	2008 c. 9
–	Act text amended by 	S.I. 2005/3229
–	Act text amended by 2007 c. 3 Sch. 3 (as amended) by 	2007 c. 11
